New Drug Approvals

Home » Posts tagged 'PHASE 3' (Page 11)

Tag Archives: PHASE 3

DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO .....FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Blog Stats

  • 4,799,048 hits

Flag and hits

Flag Counter

Enter your email address to follow this blog and receive notifications of new posts by email.

Join 37.9K other subscribers
Follow New Drug Approvals on WordPress.com

Archives

Categories

Recent Posts

Flag Counter

ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY

Read all about Organic Spectroscopy on ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL 

Enter your email address to follow this blog and receive notifications of new posts by email.

Join 37.9K other subscribers
DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO, Born in Mumbai in 1964 and graduated from Mumbai University, Completed his Ph.D from ICT, 1991,Matunga, Mumbai, India, in Organic Chemistry, The thesis topic was Synthesis of Novel Pyrethroid Analogues, Currently he is working with AFRICURE PHARMA, ROW2TECH, NIPER-G, Department of Pharmaceuticals, Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers, Govt. of India as ADVISOR, earlier assignment was with GLENMARK LIFE SCIENCES LTD, as CONSUlTANT, Retired from GLENMARK in Jan2022 Research Centre as Principal Scientist, Process Research (bulk actives) at Mahape, Navi Mumbai, India. Total Industry exp 32 plus yrs, Prior to joining Glenmark, he has worked with major multinationals like Hoechst Marion Roussel, now Sanofi, Searle India Ltd, now RPG lifesciences, etc. He has worked with notable scientists like Dr K Nagarajan, Dr Ralph Stapel, Prof S Seshadri, etc, He did custom synthesis for major multinationals in his career like BASF, Novartis, Sanofi, etc., He has worked in Discovery, Natural products, Bulk drugs, Generics, Intermediates, Fine chemicals, Neutraceuticals, GMP, Scaleups, etc, he is now helping millions, has 9 million plus hits on Google on all Organic chemistry websites. His friends call him Open superstar worlddrugtracker. His New Drug Approvals, Green Chemistry International, All about drugs, Eurekamoments, Organic spectroscopy international, etc in organic chemistry are some most read blogs He has hands on experience in initiation and developing novel routes for drug molecules and implementation them on commercial scale over a 32 PLUS year tenure till date Feb 2023, Around 35 plus products in his career. He has good knowledge of IPM, GMP, Regulatory aspects, he has several International patents published worldwide . He has good proficiency in Technology transfer, Spectroscopy, Stereochemistry, Synthesis, Polymorphism etc., He suffered a paralytic stroke/ Acute Transverse mylitis in Dec 2007 and is 90 %Paralysed, He is bound to a wheelchair, this seems to have injected feul in him to help chemists all around the world, he is more active than before and is pushing boundaries, He has 100 million plus hits on Google, 2.5 lakh plus connections on all networking sites, 100 Lakh plus views on dozen plus blogs, 227 countries, 7 continents, He makes himself available to all, contact him on +91 9323115463, email amcrasto@gmail.com, Twitter, @amcrasto , He lives and will die for his family, 90% paralysis cannot kill his soul., Notably he has 38 lakh plus views on New Drug Approvals Blog in 227 countries......https://newdrugapprovals.wordpress.com/ , He appreciates the help he gets from one and all, Friends, Family, Glenmark, Readers, Wellwishers, Doctors, Drug authorities, His Contacts, Physiotherapist, etc He has total of 32 International and Indian awards

Verified Services

View Full Profile →

Archives

Categories

Flag Counter

BEXAGLIFLOZIN


Figure imgf000045_0001

Bexagliflozin
THR1442; THR-1442, EGT 0001442; EGT1442
CAS :1118567-05-7
(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-[4-chloro-3-({4-[2- (cyclopropyloxy) ethoxy] phenyl} methyl)phenyl]-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H- pyran-3,4,5-triol

D-Glucitol, 1,5-anhydro-1-C-(4-chloro-3-((4-(2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy)phenyl)methyl)phenyl)-, (1S)-

(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol

1-[4-Chloro-3-[4-[2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy]benzyl]phenyl]-1-deoxy-beta-D-glucopyranose
1,5-Anhydro-1(S)-[4-chloro-3-[4-[2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy]benzyl]phenyl]-D-glucitol

(1S)-1,5-anhydro-1-C-[4-chloro-3-({4-[2- (cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy]phenyl}methyl)phenyl]-D-glucitol

Chemical Formula: C24H29ClO7
Exact Mass: 464.16018

Mechanism of Action:SGLT2 inhibitor, Sodium-glucose transporter 2 inhibitors
Indication:Type 2 diabetes

FDA APPROVED

Brenzavvy

To improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus as an adjunct to diet and exercise
Drug Trials Snapshot
Phase II
Developer:Theracos, Inc.

Conditions Phases Recruitment Interventions Sponsor/Collaborators
Diabetes Mellitus Type 2 Phase 2 Completed Drug: EGT0001442|Drug: Placebo capsules to match EGT0001442 Theracos
Diabetes Mellitus Phase 2 Completed Drug: EGT0001442|Drug: Placebo Theracos
Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus Phase 3 Not yet recruiting Drug: Bexagliflozin|Drug: Placebo Theracos
Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 Phase 2|Phase 3 Recruiting Drug: Bexagliflozin tablets Theracos

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00062DIPROLINE COMPLEX

 

Bexagliflozin diproline
RN: 1118567-48-8, C24-H29-Cl-O7.2C5-H9-N-O2
Molecular Weight, 695.2013

L-Proline, compd. with (1S)-1,5-anhydro-1-C-(4-chloro-3-((4-(2-(cyclopropyloxy)ethoxy)phenyl)methyl)phenyl)-D-glucitol (2:1)

im1

Bexagliflozin [(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-[4-chloro-3-({4-[2-(cyclopropyloxy) ethoxy] phenyl} methyl)phenyl]-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol] is an orally administered drug for the treatment of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM) and is classified as a Sodium Glucose co-Transporter 2 (SGLT2) Inhibitor. It is in Phase 2b study to evaluate the effect of bexagliflozin tablets in subjects with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

2D chemical structure of 1118567-05-7

Bexagliflozin, also known as EGT1442, is a potent and selective SGLT2 inhibitor, attenuates blood glucose and HbA(1c) levels in db/db mice and prolongs the survival of stroke-prone rats. The IC(50) values for EGT1442 against human SGLT1 and SGLT2 are 5.6μM and 2nM, respectively. In normal rats and dogs a saturable urinary glucose excretion was produced with an ED(50) of 0.38 and 0.09mg/kg, respectively. EGT1442 showed favorable properties both in vitro and in vivo and could be beneficial to the management of type 2 diabetic patients.

One promising target for therapeutic intervention in diabetes and related disorders is the glucose transport system of the kidneys. Cellular glucose transport is conducted by either facilitative (“passive”) glucose transporters (GLUTs) or sodium-dependent (“active”) glucose cotransporters (SGLTs). SGLTl is found predominantly in the intestinal brush border, while SGLT2 is localized in the renal proximal tubule and is reportedly responsible for the majority of glucose reuptake by the kidneys.

Recent studies suggest that inhibition of renal SGLT may be a useful approach to treating hyperglycemia by increasing the amount of glucose excreted in the urine (Arakawa K, et al., Br J Pharmacol 132:578-86, 2001; Oku A, et al., Diabetes 48:1794-1800, 1999).

The potential of this therapeutic approach is further supported by recent findings that mutations in the SGL T2 gene occur in cases of familial renal glucosuria, an apparently benign syndrome characterized by urinary glucose excretion in the presence of normal serum glucose levels and the absence of general renal dysfunction or other disease (Santer R, et al., J Am Soc Nephrol 14:2873-82, 2003). Therefore, compounds which inhibit SGLT, particularly SGL T2, are promising candidates for use as antidiabetic drugs.

Compounds previously described as useful for inhibiting SGLT include C-glycoside derivatives (such as those described in US6414126, US20040138439, US20050209166, US20050233988, WO2005085237, US7094763, US20060009400, US20060019948, US20060035841, US20060122126, US20060234953, WO2006108842, US20070049537 and WO2007136116), O-glycoside derivatives (such as those described in US6683056, US20050187168, US20060166899, US20060234954, US20060247179 and US20070185197), spiroketal-glycoside derivatives (described in WO2006080421), cyclohexane derivatives (such as those described in WO2006011469), and thio- glucopyranoside derivatives (such as those described in US20050209309 and WO2006073197).

PATENT

WO 2009026537……………PRODUCT PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2009026537A1?cl=en

Example 19

[0289] The synthesis of compound BQ within the invention is given below.

[0290] Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (Intermediate BO)

Figure imgf000073_0002

To a suspension of Mg powder (0.87 g, 36.1 mmol) and iodine (catalytic) in THF (4 mL) was added slowly BrCH2CH2Br (4.6 g, 24.5 mmol) in THF (8 mL). The exothermic reaction was cooled in an ice-bath. After complete addition OfBrCH2CH2Br, a solution of 2- (2-bromoethyl)-l,3-dioxolane (1 g, 5.6 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was then kept at reflux for 24 h, quenched by addition of aqueous NH4Cl, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give crude intermediate BO (400 mg) as yellow oil. [0292] Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (Intermediate BP)

Ts0^°V

To a solution of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (400 mg, 3.92 mmol) in DCM (10 niL) were added TsCl (821 mg, 4.31 mmol) and Et3N (0.6 mL, 4.31 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, IN HCl was added, and the reaction was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The oil was purified by preparative TLC to obtain intermediate BP (50 mg) as a yellow oil.

Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2- cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Compound BQ)

Figure imgf000074_0001

To a solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-hydroxybenzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (intermediate Dl) (30 mg, 0.08 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) were added 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (intermediate BP) (20 mg, 0.08 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (52 mg, 0.16 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. Then the reaction mixture was poured into water, extracted with EA, washed with brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to an oil. The oil was purified by preparative HPLC to obtain compound BQ (11 mg) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (m, 5H), 3.85 (m, 3H), 3.81 (m, IH), 3.40 (m, 4H), 3.30 (m, IH), 0.52 (m, 4H); MS ESI (m/z) 465 (M+H)+, calc. 464.

Example 33

The synthesis of complex DM within the invention is outlined in FIG. 30, with the details given below.

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (Intermediate BO)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00109

To a suspension of Mg powder (86.7 g, 3.6 mol) and I2 (catalytic) in anhydrous THF (0.7 L) was added slowly 1,2-dibromoethane (460 g, 2.4 mol) in anhydrous THF (2 L) at a rate that maintained the reaction temperature between 40-55° C. A solution of 2-(2-bromoethyl)-1,3-dioxolane (100 g, 0.56 mol) in anhydrous THF (750 mL) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was kept at 40-55° C. for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of an aqueous solution of ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give intermediate BO (27 g) as yellow oil, which was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (Intermediate BP)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00110

To a stirred solution of sodium hydroxide (32 g, 0.8 mol) in water (180 mL) and THF (180 mL) was added crude 2-cyclopropoxyethanol from the previous step (27 g, 0.26 mol) at −5 to 0° C. A solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (52 g, 0.27 mol) in THF (360 mL) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was kept at −5 to 0° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then incubated at room temperature for 30 min, the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to get the crude intermediate BP as a yellow oil (53.3 g), which was used for the preparation of intermediate DK below without further purification.

Preparation of 4-(5-bromo-2-chlorobenzyl)phenol (Intermediate H)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00111

To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-(4-ethoxybenzyl)benzene (intermediate B) (747 g, 2.31 mol) in dichloromethane was added slowly boron tribromide (1.15 kg, 4.62 mol) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. When the reaction was complete as measured by TLC, the reaction was quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with an aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate, then with water, and then with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The residue was concentrated and then recrystallized in petroleum ether to obtain intermediate H as a white solid (460 g, yield 68%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.23˜7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 4.00 (s, 2H).

Preparation of 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)benzene (Intermediate DK)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00112

A mixture of 4-(5-bromo-2-chlorobenzyl)phenol (56.7 g, 210 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (135 g, 420 mmol) in DMF (350 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and then 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (crude intermediate BP from the second preceeding step above) (53.3 g, 210 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and then diluted with water (3 L) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, then with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The residue was concentrated and then purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent PE:EA=10:1) to give intermediate DK as a liquid (51 g, yield 64%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.22˜7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 0.62-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.52 (m, 2H).

Preparation of (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Intermediate DL)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00113

To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)benzene (213 g) in anhydrous THF/toluene (1:2 v/v, 1.7 L) under argon was added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 245.9 mL) dropwise at −60±5° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, and then transferred to a stirred solution of (3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-tris(trimethylsilyloxy)-6-((trimethylsilyloxy)methyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-one (310.5 g) in toluene (1.6 L) at −60±5° C. The reaction mixture was continuously stirred at −60±5° C. for 1 before quenching with an aqueous solution of saturated ammonium chloride (1.5 L). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1 L), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methanol (450 mL), and methanesulfonic acid (9.2 mL) was added at 0° C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2.0 h. The reaction was quenched with an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (50 g) in water (500 mL) and then additional water (900 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(L-proline) complex (Complex DM)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00114

To a stirred solution of crude (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol from the previous step in CH2Cl2/CH3CN (1:1, 1.3 L) at −5° C. was added triethylsilane (28.2 mL, 563 mmol), followed by BF3.Et2O (52.3 mL, 418.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 16 h while the temperature was allowed to warm gradually to room temperature. The reaction was quenched by addition of an aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate to pH 8.0. The organic volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (2.25 L) and water (2.25 L). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the crude product (230 g, purity 82.3%). To the crude product was added L-proline (113.7 g) in EtOH/H2O (15:1 v/v, 2.09 L), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h until it became a clear solution. Hexane (3.0 L) was added dropwise over 50 min, while the temperature was maintained at about 60° C. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solid was filtered and washed with EtOH/H2O (15:1 v/v, 2×300 mL), hexane (2×900 mL), and dried at 45° C. under vacuum for 10 h to give pure complex DM as a white solid (209 g; HPLC purity 99.2% (UV)). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.25˜7.34 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.11 (m, 5H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.46 (m, 6H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 3H), 2.26-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 4H), 0.56-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.52-0.53 (m, 2H).

Crystalline complex DM was analyzed by X-ray powder diffraction using CuKα1 radiation. The diffraction pattern is shown inFIG. 31 and summarized in Table 1 (only peaks up to 30° in 2θ are listed). The melting point of complex DM was determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) as 151±1° C. (evaluated as onset-temperature; heating from 50° C. to 200° C. at 10° C./min). The DSC spectrum is shown in FIG. 32.

Preparation of (3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-hydroxybenzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Intermediate D)

Figure US08802637-20140812-C00007

To a stirred solution of (3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-ethoxybenzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (Intermediate C) (2 g, 5.9 mmol) in dichloromethane was added BBr3 (14.6 mL, 1 M) dropwise at −78° C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and held at this temperature for 2 h. When LC-MS showed that no starting material remained, the mixture was cooled to −78° C. again, and quenched with water. When the temperature was stable, saturated NaHCO3 solution was added. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, evaporated and purified to obtain intermediate D (0.7 g).

In addition, for use in the synthesis of certain compounds of the invention, the 2S isomer (intermediate D1) and the 2R isomer (intermediate D2) of intermediate D were separated by preparative LC-MS. Intermediate D1: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.30 (m, 3H), 6.97 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 6.68 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 4.56 (s, 1H), 4.16 (s, 1H), 3.91˜4.02 (m, 5H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 1H). Intermediate D2: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.29˜7.33 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 6.70 (d, 2H, J=6.8 Hz), 4.58 (d, 1H, J=4.0 Hz), 3.96˜4.02 (m, 4H), 3.93˜3.95 (m, 1H), 3.81˜3.85 (m, 1H), 3.64˜3.69 (m, 1H).

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US20130267694

Example 14 Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol crystals

This example describes preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol by crystallization of ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(442-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol bis(L-proline) complex in methanol/water solvent mixture.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00066

(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (1.3 kg) was added to a propylene drum (25 L) and methanol (3.6 kg) and water (1.3 kg) and the mixture was stirred until the solids dissolved. The solution was filtered through filter membrane (Millipore, 0.45 μm) into a clean glass reactor (50 L). The mixture was refluxed for 30 min and water (7.2 kg) was added over 1.0 h while maintaining the temperature between 50 and 65° C. The mixture was slowly cooled to ˜42° C. over 2 h. A suspension of seed crystal (26 g) in cold (−5° C.) mixture of methanol/water (78 mL, 2.8/6.5 (w/w)) and the slow cooling was continued to −5° C. over 12 h. The suspension was stirred for another 5 h and was filtered. The solid was slurried with cold water and filtered (0 to 5° C., 3×2.6 kg). The filter cake was dried under reduced pressure for 24 h until the loss on drying was no more than 0.5% to give a white solid (825 g, 92% yield, 99.3% pure by \HPLC-0001).

Example 15 Preparation of 4-(2-Chloro-5-Iodobenzyl)Phenol

This example describes preparation of 4-(2-chloro-5-iodobenzyl)phenol using gaseous hydrobromic acid.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00067

Preparation of (2-chloro-5-iodophenyl)methan-1-ol

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00068

A 250 mL of 4-necked flask equipped with thermometer and mechanical stirring was charged with NaBH4 (4.16 g, 0.11 mol) and THF (60 mL) under argon. After cooling to 0˜5° C. with stirring, a solution of iodine in THF (12.7 g I2 in 25 mL THF) was added slowly dropwise over 30 min and the reaction temperature was maintained below 10° C. After the addition was completed, a solution of 2-chloro-5-iodobenzoic acid (15.0 g, 50 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min and kept the reaction temperature below 10° C. After stirring for another 3 h at 20˜25° C., the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for additional 16 h and monitored by TLC (PE/EA=1:1, Rf=0.2). The mixture was cooled to 20˜25° C. and poured into ice water (100 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL), washed with water (2×100 mL), brine (100 mL), concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (PE:EA=20:1 as eluant, 200 mL) to give an off-white solid. Yield: 10.0 g (70%) MS ESI (m/z): 269 [M+1]+.

Preparation of 4-(2-Chloro-5-Iodobenzyl)Phenol

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00069

A 100 mL of 4-necked flask equipped with thermometer and mechanical stirrer was charged with (2-chloro-5-iodophenyl)methanol (268.5 mg, 1 mmol), anhydrous ZnCl2 (136.3 mg, 1 mmol), dichloromethane (5.0 mL) and n-hexane (29 mL) under argon. After stirring for 10 min at 20 to 25° C., HBr (gas) was bubbled into the mixture for 10 min and a solution of phenol (197.6 mg, 2.1 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3.0 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min. After bubbling HBr for additional 2 h, the mixture was refluxed for 3 days. The conversion was about 65%. The mixture was quenched with ice water (50 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL), washed with water (2×30 mL), brine (30 mL), concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (PE:EA=25:1 as eluant, 200 mL) to give an off-white solid. Yield: 180 mg (52%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.03˜7.09 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H). MS ESI (m/z): 345 [M+1]+. 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz): δ 154.1, 141.4, 139.5, 136.6, 134.2, 131.2, 130.9, 130.1, 115.5, 91.67, 38.07.

Example 16 Preparation of 2-(4-(2-Cyclopropoxyethoxy)Benzyl)-1-Chloro-4-Iodobenzene

This example describes the preparation of 2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)-1-chloro-4-iodobenzene via coupling of the 4-(2-chloro-5-iodobenzyl)phenol with 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00070

Under nitrogen a 500 L glass-lined reactor was charged with acetone (123 kg) with stirring (120 RPM), 4-(2-chloro-5-iodobenzyl)phenol (19.37 kg, 0.056 kmol), 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (15.85 kg, 0.062 kmol), cesium carbonate (18.31 kg, 0.0562 kmol) powder, potassium carbonate (23.3 kg, 0.169 kmol) powder and TBAI (4.15 kg, 0.011 kmol). After stirring for 4045 h at 40° C., TLC (PE:EA=4:1, Rf=0.3) showed that starting material was consumed. The mixture was cooled to 20˜25° C.

The reaction mixture was filtered over diatomite (28 kg) and the filter cake was washed with acetone (2×31 kg). The combined filtrates were transferred to a 500 L glass-lined reactor and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (175 kg, washed with water (2×97 kg) and concentrated until the volume was about 100 L and was transferred to a 200 L glass-lined reactor and continued to concentrate to get about 22.5 kg of crude material.

The crude material was dissolved in methanol/n-hexane (10:1, 110 kg) under refluxing for 30 min with stirring (100 RPM) until it was a clear solution. The mixture was cooled to 5 to 10° C. and some crystal seeds (20 g) were added. The suspension was stirred for another 5 h at 5 to 10° C. The mixture was filtered at 0 to 5° C. and the filter cake was washed with pre-cooled methanol/n-hexane (10:1, 5° C., 2×11 kg). The filter cake was dried under at 15 to 20° C. for 15 h to give off-white to white solid. Yield: 18.1 kg, 75%. Melting Point: 31° C. (DSC onset). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45˜7.50 (m, 2H), 7.09˜7.12 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.88 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40˜3.44 (m, 1H), 0.63˜0.67 (m, 2H), 0.49˜0.54 (m, 1H). MS ESI (m/z): 429 [M+1]+. 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100 MHz): δ 157.5, 141.5, 139.5, 136.6, 134.2, 131.2, 130.8, 129.9, 114.9, 91.66, 69.00, 67.13, 53.72, 38.08, 5.63.

Example 9 Preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(L-proline) complex

This example describes preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(L-proline) complex by co-crystallization of ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol with L-proline in ethanol/water/n-heptane solvent mixture.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00062

The crude (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (2.5 kg) was added to a glass reactor containing ethanol (95%, 16 kg) and L-proline (1.24 kg) and the mixture was refluxed for 1 h. While keeping the temperature above 60° C., n-heptane (8.5 kg) was added over 40 min. The mixture was slowly cooled to 25 to 20° C. and stirred at this temperature for 10 h. The mixture was filtered and the solids were washed with cold (−5° C.) ethanol (95%, 2×2.5 L) and n-heptane (2×5 L) and the solids were dried under reduced pressure at 55 to 65° C. for 20 h to give a white solid (3.03 kg, 81% yield, 99.4% pure by HPLC-0001).

Example 7 Preparation of ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-Chloro-3-(4-(2-Cyclopropoxyethoxy)Benzyl)Phenyl)-6-(Hydroxymethyl)Tetrahydro-2H-Pyran-3,4,5-triol

This example describes preparation of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol by removal of the anomeric OH or OMe.

Figure US20130267694A1-20131010-C00061

(2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-Chloro-3-(4-(2-Cyclopropoxyethoxy)Benzyl)Phenyl)-6-(Hydroxymethyl)-2-Methoxytetrahydro-2H-Pyran-3,4,5-Triol Solution

A 30 L glass reactor equipped with a thermometer was charged with crude (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (1.15 kg), DCM (2.3 kg) and acetonitrile (1.4 kg), and the mixture was magnetically stirred until all the solids dissolved under nitrogen sparging. The solution was cooled to ˜−15° C.

Triethylsilane Solution:

BF3.Et2O (1.2 kg) was added to a cold (−20 to −15° C.) solution of triethysilane (1.08 kg) dichloromethane (2.3 kg) and acetonitrile (1.4 kg) with nitrogen sparging.

The cold (2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol solution was added to the cold triethylsilane solution at such a rate to maintain the temperature between −20 and −15° C. (˜2 to 3 h).

The reaction mixture was stirred for another 2 to 3 h and then quenched by addition of an aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (7.4% w/w, 7.8 kg) and the reaction mixture was stirred for about 15 min. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure (2 h, temperature below 40° C.). The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (6.9 kg) and water (3.9 kg). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×3.5 kg). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×3.8 kg) and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. Anhydrous ethanol (2.3 kg) was added and concentrated to give the crude product of the title compound (1 kg, 90% yield, 90% HPLC-0001) as yellow solid.

PATENT

WO 2011153953

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2011153953A1?cl=en

Example 1. Preparation of (2S.iR. R.5S.6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cvclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hvdroxymethyl)tetrahvdro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(X-proline) complex

Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0002

Example 1A

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethanol (1)

Figure imgf000032_0003

To a suspension of Mg powder (86.7 g, 3.6 mol) and iodine (cat) in anhydrous THF (0.7 L) was added slowly 1,2-dibromoethane (460 g, 2.4 mol) in anhydrous THF (2 L) slowly at a rate as to keep the internal temperature between 40-55 °C. After the addition, a solution of 2-(2-bromoethyl)-l,3-dioxolane (lOOg, 0.56 mol) in anhydrous THF (750 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was kept at 40-55 °C for 16h and was quenched by addition of aqueous solution of ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give the title product (27 g) as yellow oil, which was directly used without further purification.

Example IB

Preparation of 2-cyclopropoxyethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (2)

Figure imgf000033_0001

To a stirred solution of sodium hydroxide (32 g, 0.8 mol) in water (180 mL) and THF (180 mL) was added Example 1A (27 g, 0.26 mol) at -5 to 0 °C. Afterwards, a solution of ji?-toluenesulfonyl chloride (52 g, 0.27 mol) in THF (360 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was kept at -5 to 0 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then kept at room temperature for 30 min. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated to get the crude product as yellow oil (53.3 g). It was used directly without further purification.

Example 1C

Preparation of 4-(5-bromo-2-chlorobenzyl)phenol (3)

Figure imgf000033_0002

To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-l-chloro-2-(4-ethoxybenzyl)benzene (747 g, 2.31 mol) in dichloromethane was added boron tribromide (1.15 kg, 4.62 mol) slowly at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to rise to room temperature. When the reaction was complete as measure by TLC, the reaction was quenched with water. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate, water, brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid (460 g, yield 68%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 400MHz): δ 7.23-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 4.00 (s, 2H).

Example ID

Preparation of 4-bro -l-chloro-2-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy)benzyl)benzene (4)

Figure imgf000034_0001

A mixture of Example 1C (56.7 g, 210 mmol) and Cs2C03 (135 g, 420 mmol) in DMF (350 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. Example IB (53.3 g, 210 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. It was diluted with water (3 L) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column

chromatography on silica gel eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate (10:1) to give the title compound as liquid (51 g, yield 64%). 1H NMR (CDC13, 400MHz): δ 7.22-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 0.62-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.52(m, 2H).

Example IE

Preparation of (25,5R, S,55,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-metlioxytetraliydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol (5)

Figure imgf000034_0002

To a stirred solution of Example ID (213 g) in anhydrous THF/toluene (1 :2 (v/v), 1.7 L) under argon was added n-BuLi (2.5 M hexane, 245.9 mL) drop wise at -60 ± 5 °C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. before transferred to a stirred solution of 2,3,4,6-tetra-O- trimethylsilyl-P-Z -glucolactone (310.5 g) in toluene (1.6 L) at -60 ± 5 °C. The reaction mixture was continuously stirred at -60 ± 5 °C for 1 h before quenching with aqueous solution of saturated ammonium chloride (1.5 L). Then mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The organic layer was separated and the water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×500 niL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1 L), dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methanol (450 mL) and methanesulfonic acid (9.2 mL) was added at 0 °C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. It was quenched with aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (50 g) in water (500 mL) and additional water (900 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1.0 L). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, concentrated and used directly in the next step without further purification.

Example IF

Preparation of (25,5R, R,55,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol, bis(Z-proline) complex (7)

Figure imgf000035_0001

To stirred solution of Example IE in CH2C12/CH3CN (650 mL:650 mL) at -5 °C was added triethylsilane (28.2 mL, 563 mmol), and followed by BF3-Et20 (52.3 mL, 418.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 16 h while the temperature was allowed to warm to room temperature gradually. The reaction was quenched with aqueous solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate to pH 8.0. The organic volatiles were removed under vacuum. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (2.25 L) and water (2.25 L). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated to give the crude product 6 (230 g, purity 82.3%). This product and L-proline (113.7 g) in EtOH/H20 (15:1 v/v, 2.09 L) was stirred at 80 °C for 1 h when it became a clear solution. Hexane (3.0 L) was added dropwise into the above hot solution over 50 min, with the temperature being kept at about 60 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solid was filtered and washed with EtOH/ H20 (15:1 (v/v), 2×300 mL), hexane (2×900 mL), and dried at 45 °C under vacuum for 10 h to give the pure title compound 7 as a white solid (209 g).

Purity (HPLC) 99.2% (UV). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz): δ 7.25—7.34 (m, 3H), 7.11 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.03-4.11 (m, 5H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.46 (m, 6H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 3H), 2.26-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 4H), 0.56-0.57 (m, 2H), 0.52-0.53(m, 2H).

Example 2. Direct Preparation of Crystalline Compound 8 from Complex 7

This example illustrates the preparation of a crystalline form of (2S, 3R, 4R, 5S, 6R)-2- (4-chloro-3-(4-(2-cyclopropoxyethoxy) benzyl)phenyl)-6- (hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H- pyran-3,4,5-triol.

Figure imgf000036_0001

To a 5.0 L 4-necked flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer was added the starting co-crystal (150.0 g) and methanol (300 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature with mechanical stirring (anchor agitator, 2-blades 9 cm) until a cloudy solution/suspension formed, to which distilled water (1500 mL) was added dropwise at a rate of -12.5 mL/min. As the mixture warmed from the exotherm of adding water to methanol, the mixture became clear after adding about 1/5 to 1/3 of the water. After the addition was completed the reaction was stirred continuously at 80 rpm for another 5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered over medium-speed filter paper and the filter cake was washed with distilled water (450 mL and then 300 mL) and dried under vacuum using an oil pump (~6 mm Hg) at 45 °C for 48 hours to give the target product as a white crystalline solid (94.2 g, 93.9% yield, purity (HPLC): 99.3%).

Example 5. Indirect Preparation of Crystalline Compound 8 from Complex 7

Figure imgf000038_0001

[0113] To a 200 L glass lined reactor equipped with a double-tier paddle agitator and a glass condenser was added sequentially complex 7 (7.33 kg), ethyl acetate (67.5 kg) and pure water (74.0 kg). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred at reflux for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to approximately 50 °C and the organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (34.0 kg). The combined organic layers were washed with pure water (3×74.0 kg) (IPC test showed that the IPC criteria for L-proline residue was met after three water washes). The mixture was concentrated at 40 °C under vacuum (-15 mmHg) for 3 h until the liquid level dropped below the lower-tier agitator paddle. The mixture (18 kg) was discharged and transferred to a 20L rotary evaporator. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum (40 °C, ~5 mmHg) to a minimum volume. The remaining trace amount of ethyl acetate was removed azeotropically at 40 °C under vacuum with methanol (10 kg). The residue was dried under vacuum of an oil pump (~6 mmHg) at 40 °C for 10 h to give 8 as a white amorphous solid (4.67 kg, purity (HPLC): 99.2%) which was used in the next step without further purification.

The recrystallization was accomplished by the following steps. To a 100 L glass line reactor equipped with a double-tier paddle agitator and a glass condenser was added the above amorphous 8 (4.67 kg) and methanol (18.0 kg). The mixture was refluxed at 70 °C for 30 min until a clear solution formed, to which pure water (45.0 kg) was added over 2 hours. After the addition was completed (the reaction temperature was 41 °C), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the wet cake was washed with pure water (2×15 kg) and dried under vacuum at 55-60 °C for 12 hours to give the target product as an off-white crystalline solid (3.93 kg, yield: 84% in two steps; purity (HPLC): 99.7%).

Example 6. Direct Preparation of Crystalline Compound 8 from Amorphous 8

Figure imgf000039_0001

A 5 L 4-neck flask was charged with 8 (amorphous), 116 g, and methanol (580 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 60 C with mechanical stirring and the solution became clear. Water (2320 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction solution at 40 mL/min at 50 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with water (2×200 mL), dried under vacuum at 55 °C for 12 hours, to afford white crystalline 8. Yield is 112.8 g (97.2%).

References:
1. Clinical Trial, A Dose Range Finding Study to Evaluate the Effect of Bexagliflozin Tablets in Subjects With Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. NCT02390050 (retrieved on 26-03-2015).

WO2008144346A2 * May 15, 2008 Nov 27, 2008 Squibb Bristol Myers Co Crystal structures of sglt2 inhibitors and processes for their preparation
WO2009026537A1 * Aug 22, 2008 Feb 26, 2009 Theracos Inc Benzylbenzene derivatives and methods of use
CN1407990A * Oct 2, 2000 Apr 2, 2003 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 C-aryl glucoside sgltz inhibitors
WO2008144346A2 * May 15, 2008 Nov 27, 2008 Squibb Bristol Myers Co Crystal structures of sglt2 inhibitors and processes for their preparation
WO2009026537A1 * Aug 22, 2008 Feb 26, 2009 Theracos Inc Benzylbenzene derivatives and methods of use
CN1407990A * Oct 2, 2000 Apr 2, 2003 布里斯托尔-迈尔斯斯奎布公司 C-aryl glucoside sgltz inhibitors
WO2010022313A2 * Aug 21, 2009 Feb 25, 2010 Theracos, Inc. Processes for the preparation of sglt2 inhibitors

////////BEXAGLIFLOZIN, APPROVALS 2023, FDA 2023

c1cc(ccc1Cc2cc(ccc2Cl)[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O3)CO)O)O)O)OCCOC4CC4

SYN

https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jmedchem.4c02079J.Med.Chem.2025,68,2147−2182

Bexagliflozin (Brenzavvy). Bexagliflozin (3) was discoveredanddevelopedbyTheracosBioforthetreatmentof
type2diabetesmellitus.28Bexagliflozinisasodium-dependent glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT2) inhibitor. Inhibition of SGLT2 reduces blood sugar without stimulating insulin release.29 Bexagliflozin shows >2000-fold selectivity forSGLT2 over SGLT1 and demonstrated improvement inglycemiccontrolwithaoncedaily,20mgdose.28Since 2011, there have been 11 therapeutics targeting
SGLT2.30Thesedrugsexhibit commonstructural features(abiarylmethaneandglycoside)andlikelyfacesimilarsynthetic challenges.31 The medicinal chemistry efforts to identifybexagliflozinweredisclosedintheprimaryliterature.32Apatent fromTheracos, Inc. in2013describedasyntheticapproachto bexagliflozinonmultikilogramscale.33Slightvariations inthe
reactionconditions,yieldandisolationstrategyofintermediates wereincludedinthepatent.Theimplementationoftelescoping intheprocessislikelyduetopoorcrystallinityofintermediates,
whichmaybeacommonchallengetootherSGLT2inhibitors.31
Anotherpatent disclosedbyPiramal Enterprises suggesteda
similarbondformationstrategybut includedanacetylationof bexagliflozinprior tothefinal isolation inorder toprovidea crystallinesolid.34
Bexagliflozinwas assembled by cryogenicmetal halogen exchangeof aryl iodide3.1with turboGrignard(i-PrMgCl·LiCl)andsubsequentadditiontoprotectedgluconolactone3.2
whichwaspreparedbytreatmentofD-(+)-glucono-1,4-lactonewithTMSClandNMMinTHFin94%yield(Scheme4).WhentheGrignardadditionwascomplete,thereactionwasquenchedand a solution of the product inEtOAcwas treatedwith
activated carbon, filtered, concentrated, and diluted with methanol.ThissolutionwastreatedwithconcentratedHCl to remove thesilyl protectinggroupsandprovidecrudemethyl ketal3.3inyields rangingfrom79to95%.Themethyl ketal
functionalitywasreducedusingtriethylsilaneandBF3·Et2Oin DCMandMeCNatcryogenictemperaturestoprovidecrude bexagliflozin (3) as a solid after concentrating the reaction mixture. Alternatively, a larger-scale demonstration of this processinthepatenttelescopedasolutionofcrudebexagliflozin toformabis-L-prolinecomplexinethanol,water,andheptane,
whichwasisolatedasacrystallinesolidin81%yield.Thiswas convertedto the free formin82%yieldbycrystallization in methanolandwater.Arecrystallizationofbexagliflozin(3)was
reported in 92% yield. Details on stereoselectivity of this
approachwerenotdisclosed.
Amilligram-togram-scaleconstructionofthearyliodide3.1 wasalsodisclosedintheTheracospatent from2013(Scheme 5).33First,carboxylicacid3.5wasreducedtoprimaryalcohol
3.6using sodiumborohydride and iodine. Next, the diaryl methanecorewas assembledbyFriedel−Crafts alkylationof phenol with3.6 after activationwithHBr andZnCl2. This reactionwasdemonstratedonmilligramscaleandachieved65% conversion, with 52% isolated yield after chromatographic purification.Analternativeapproachtoabromovariantofaryl iodide3.7waspresentedina2009patentfromTheracos,where Friedel−Craftsacylationprovidedtheanalogousbenzophenone intermediatewhichwas thensubsequentlyreduced.35Finally,alkylationofthephenolwasconductedusingthetosylatedether
3.8toprovidearyl iodide3.1in75%yieldonkilogramscale.A syntheticapproachtothetosylatedetherwasprovidedinthe earlyTheracospatent,35wherecyclopropylether formationin 3.10wasgeneratedviaGrignardformationandrearrangement of 2-(2-bromoethyl)-1,3-dioxolane 3.9 (Scheme 6). The primary alcohol 3.10was protectedas the tosylate3.8and employedinthealkylationstepwithoutpurification.Noyields wereprovided.

(28) Hoy, S. M. Bexagliflozin: first approval. Drugs 2023, 83, 447−
453.
(29) Hsia, D. S.; Grove, O.; Cefalu, W. T. An update on sodium
glucose co-transporter-2 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes
mellitus. Curr. Opin. Endocrinol. Diabetes Obes. 2017, 24, 73−79.
(30) Guo, Y.-Y.; Zhang, J.-Y.; Sun, J.-F.; Gao, H. A comprehensive
review of small-molecule drugs for the treatment of type 2 diabetes
mellitus: Synthetic approaches and clinical applications. Eur. J. Med.
Chem. 2024, 267, No. 116185.
(31) Aguillón, A. R.; Mascarello, A.; Segretti, N. D.; de Azevedo, H. F.
Z.; Guimaraes, C. R. W.; Miranda, L. S. M.; de Souza, R. O. M. A.
Synthetic strategies toward SGLT2 inhibitors. Org. Process Res. Dev.
2018, 22, 467−488.
(32) Xu, B.; Feng, Y.; Cheng, H.; Song, Y.; Lv, B.; Wu, Y.; Wang, C.;
Li, S.; Xu, M.; Du, J.; et al. C-aryl glucosides substituted at the 4′
position as potent and selective renal sodium-dependent glucose co
transporter 2 (SGLT2) inhibitors for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.
Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2011, 21, 4465−4470.
(33) Xu, B.; Lv, B.; Xu, G.; Seed, B.; Roberge, J. Y. Process for the
preparation of benzyl-benzene C-glycosides via coupling reaction as
potential SGLT2 inhibitors. US 20130267694, 2013.
(34) Gharpure, M.; Sharma, S. K.; Vishwasrao, S.; Vichare, P.; Varal,
D. Aprocess for the preparation of SGLT2 inhibitor and intermediates
thereof. WO 2018207113, 2018.
(35) Song, Y.; Chen, Y.; Cheng, H.; Li, S.; Wu, Y.; Feng, Y.; Lv, B.; Xu,
B.; Seed, B.; Hadd, M. J.; et al. Preparation of benzylbenzene glycoside
derivatives as antidiabetic agents. WO 2009026537, 2009.

.

European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry

Volume 265, 5 February 2024, 116124

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejmech.2024.116124

Bexagliflozin (Brenzavvy)
On January 20, 2023, the FDA granted approval to Bexagliflozin, a medication developed by Theracos Inc, for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) [104–106]. The SGLT2 inhibitor Bexagliflozin
can increase energy expenditure, reduce fluid retention, and increase urinary glucose excretion by inhibiting SGLT2 in renal tubular epithelial cells [106]. SGLT2 inhibitors have significant advantages compared to other drugs: (1) they can lower both pre-meal and post-meal blood sugar levels (not all drugs can lower both); (2) they have a lower risk of hypoglycemia as they do not stimulate insulin secretion; (3) they have adiuretic effect due to their primary action on the renal tubules, which
lowers systolic blood pressure; (4) research has shown that SGLT2 in hibitors have therapeutic effects on diabetic kidney disease [107,108].
The process of synthesizing Bexagliflozin started by conducting theFriedel-Crafts acylation of ethoxybenzene (BEXA-002) with 5-bromo-2-chlorobenzoic acid (BEXA-001) (Scheme 29) [109]. This reaction produced ketone BEXA-003. Subsequently, the carbonyl reduction of BEXA-003 was carried out using trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (TfOH),triethylsilane, and TFA. This step yielded BEXA-004. Next, n-butyllithium (n-BuLi) and pyrone BEXA-005 were combined with BEXA-004 at78◦C. This reaction produced an intermediate, which was thenreacted with triethylsilane and BF◦3⋅Et2O at 0C. The final product obtained from this reaction was BEXA-006, which contained a sugar ring.
BEXA-006 underwent dealkylation upon treatment with boron tribromide, resulting in the formation of BEXA-007, which was a phenol.
Subsequently, BEXA-007 was alkylated using 2-cyclopropoxyethyl4-methylbenzenesulfonate (BEXA-008) to yield Bexagliflozin.

[104] S.M. Hoy, Bexagliflozin: first approval, Drugs 83 (2023) 447–453.
[105] W. Zhang, A. Welihinda, J. Mechanic, H. Ding, L. Zhu, Y. Lu, Z. Deng, Z. Sheng,
B. Lv, Y. Chen, J.Y. Roberge, B. Seed, Y.X. Wang, EGT1442, a potent and selectiveSGLT2 inhibitor, attenuates blood glucose and HbA(1c) levels in db/db mice and
prolongs the survival of stroke-prone rats, Pharmacol. Res. 63 (2011) 284–293.
[106] O. Azzam, R. Carnagarin, L.M. Lugo-Gavidia, J. Nolde, V.B. Matthews, M.
P. Schlaich, Bexagliflozin for type 2 diabetes: an overview of the data, Expet Opin.
Pharmacother. 22 (2021) 2095–2103.
[107] B.F. Palmer, D.J. Clegg, Kidney-protective effects of SGLT2 inhibitors, Clin. J. Am.
Soc. Nephrol. 18 (2023) 279–289.
[108] M. Singh, A. Kumar, Risks associated with SGLT2 inhibitors: an overview, Curr.
Drug Saf. 13 (2018) 84–91.
[109] Y. Song, Y. Chen, H. Cheng, S. Li, Y. Wu, Y. Feng, B. Lv, B. Xu, B. Seed, M.J. Hadd,
J. Du, C. Wang, J.Y. Roberge, Preparation of Benzylbenzene Glycoside Derivatives
as Antidiabetic Agents, 2009. WO2009026537A1.

.

str1

AS ON JUNE2025 4.45 LAKHS VIEWS ON BLOG WORLDREACH AVAILABLEFOR YOUR ADVERTISEMENT

wdt-16

join me on Linkedin

Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D – India | LinkedIn

join me on Researchgate

RESEARCHGATE

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is research.jpg

join me on Facebook

Anthony Melvin Crasto Dr. | Facebook

join me on twitter

Anthony Melvin Crasto Dr. | twitter

+919321316780 call whatsaapp

EMAIL. amcrasto@gmail.com

……

Chi-Med Says Fruquintinib Successful in Lung Cancer Trial


Fruquintinib

Phase 3…cancer

Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited

Hutchison MediPharma for the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic colorectal cancer

 C21H19N3O5
Exact Mass: 393.1325

cas 1194506-26-7, 6 ((6,7-dimethoxyquinazolin-4-yl) oxy) – N, 2-dimethylbenzofuran-3-carboxamide,

3-​Benzofurancarboxamid​e, 6-​[(6,​7-​dimethoxy-​4-​quinazolinyl)​oxy]​-​N,​2-​dimethyl-

Synonym: Fruquintinib; HMPL-013; HMPL 013; HMPL013.

HPLC.http://www.medkoo.com/Product-Data/Fruquintinib/QC-Fruquintinib-CRB50706web.pdf

Fruquintinib, also known as HMPL-013, is an orally available, small molecule inhibitor of vascular endothelial growth factor receptors (VEGFRs), with potential anti-angiogenic and antineoplastic activities.

HMPL-013, a novel small molecule compound that selectively inhibits vascular endothelial growth factor receptor (VEGFR), is in phase III clinical studies at Hutchison MediPharma for the treatment of locally advanced or metastatic colorectal cancer. Phase II clinical trials are also ongoing for the treatment of non-squamous non-small cell lung cancer.

Early clinical development is under way at the company for the treatment of gastric cancer in combination with paclitaxel.

Fruquintinib’s mechanism of action is the inhibition of all three forms of VEGF receptors (VEGFR-1, 2, 3). Competitive advantages over currently marketed therapies are the compound’s unique kinase profile, a highly potent efficacy and excellent kinase selectivity, large safety margin, a broad spectrum antitumor activity and a low cost of goods.
Upon oral administration, fruquintinib inhibits VEGF-induced phosphorylation of VEGFRs 1, 2, and 3 which may result in the inhibition of migration, proliferation and survival of endothelial cells, microvessel formation, the inhibition of tumor cell proliferation, and tumor cell death. Expression of VEGFRs may be upregulated in a variety of tumor cell types.

In 2013, the company entered into a licensing, co-development, and commercialization agreement in China with Eli Lilly.

Angiogenesis is a physiological process of growing new blood vessels from pre-existing vessels. It takes place in a healthy subject to heal wounds, i.e., restoring blood flow to tissues after injury or insult.

Excessive angiogenesis may be triggered by certain pathological conditions such as cancer, age-related macular degeneration, and chronic inflammatory disease. As a result, new blood vessels feed diseased tissues and destroy normal tissues. In cancer, new blood vessels also allow tumor cells to escape into the circulation and lodge in other organs.

Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), a homodimeric glycoprotein, and its receptors, e.g., kinase insert domain receptor (KDR), constitute an important angiogenic pathway. Studies have shown that inhibition of KDR resulted in endothelial cell apoptosis and, thus, suppression of angiogenesis. See Rubin M. Tuder, Chest, 2000; 117: 281. KDR inhibitors are therefore potential candidates for treating an angiogenesis-related disorder.

Chi-Med Says Fruquintinib Successful in Lung Cancer Trial

Written by Richard Daverman, PhD, Executive Editor, Greg B. Scott.

Hutchison MediPharma, a division of Chi-Med reported that fruquintinib met its primary endpoint in a second proof-of-concept China trial, this time as a treatment for advanced non-squamous non-small cell lung cancer. The company said fruquintinib “clearly” met its primary endpoint of  progression-free survival, though specific data are being held for a scientific meeting. In 2013, Hutchison out-licensed China rights for the drug to Lilly. In May, the first proof-of-concept trial triggered two payments from Lilly to HMP totaling $18 million. More details…. http://www.chinabiotoday.com/articles/20150904

………….

Patent

US 20090281130

https://www.google.com.ar/patents/US20090281130

EXAMPLE 1 Synthesis of 6-(6,7-dimethoxyquinazolin-4-yloxy)-N,2-dimethylbenzofuran-3-carboxamide:

Figure US20090281130A1-20091112-C00009

To a solution of 4-chloro-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline (1 equiv.) in 2 ml CH3CN were added 6-hydroxy-N,2-dimethylbenzofuran-3-carboxamide (1 equiv.) and K2CO3 (1.5 equiv.). The mixture was refluxed under stirring for 10 hr. After the solvent was evaporated, the residue was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography to give the title compound in a yield of 85%.

1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ: 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.81 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 3H,10), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 7.24 (dd, J=2.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H).

MS(m/e): 394.1 (M+1).

 

………………

WO 2009137797

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2009137797A2

……………….

CN 101575333

Example a: 6- (6,7-dimethoxy-quinazolin-4-oxo) -N, 2- dimethyl-benzofuran-3-carboxamide

[0048]

Figure CN101575333BD00111

[0049] 4-Chloro-6,7-dimethoxy-quinazoline (1 mmol) was dissolved in 2 ml of acetonitrile, followed by addition of 6-hydroxy -N, 2- dimethyl-benzofuran-3- amide (1 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 10 hours, concentrated to dryness, washed with water, and purified to give the desired product, yield 85%.

[0050] 1H NMR (DMS0-d6,400MHz) δ ppm:. 2 49 (s, 3H); 2.81 (d, J = 8. 4Hz; 3H, 10); 3.97 (s; 3H); 3.98 (s, 3H);. 7 24 (dd, J = 2. 0,8 4Hz;. 1H);. 7 38 (s, lH);. 7 58 (s, lH); 7.61 (d, J = 2. OHz; 1H);. 7 79 (d, J = 8. 4Hz; 1H);. 7 96 (m, 1H);. 8 52 (s, 1H).

[0051] MS (m / e)::. 394 1 (M + l).

………..

 

EP1265874A2 * Jan 23, 2001 Dec 18, 2002 Gödecke Gmbh Method for the simplified production of (3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)- 7-(3-morpholino-4-yl-propoxy)-6-nitro-quinazoline-4-yl]-amine or (3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)- 7-(3-morpholino-4-yl-propoxy)-6-amino-quinazoline-4-yl]-amine
US20070208056 * Jan 23, 2007 Sep 6, 2007 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Piperidinyl derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptor activity
US20080033000 * May 15, 2007 Feb 7, 2008 Senex Biotechnology, Inc. Identification of CDKI pathway inhibitors
2 See also references of EP2297115A2
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
US8212033 * Sep 29, 2010 Jul 3, 2012 Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited Use of substituted quinazoline compounds in treating angiogenesis-related diseases
US8497372 Jun 4, 2012 Jul 30, 2013 Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited Use of substituted quinazoline compounds in treating age-related macular degeneration
US8575184 Sep 1, 2010 Nov 5, 2013 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Quinazolines as potassium ion channel inhibitors

Hutchison Medipharma Enterprises Limited

 

Simon To, M.B.A.
Chairman

Simon To

Mr To has been a Director since 2000 and an Executive Director and Chairman since 2006. He is also Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Technical Committee of the Company. He is managing director of Hutchison Whampoa (China) Limited (“Hutchison China”) and has been with Hutchison China for over thirty years, building its business from a small trading company to a billion dollar investment group. He has negotiated major transactions with multinationals such as Procter & Gamble, Lockheed, Pirelli, Beiersdorf, United Airlines and British Airways.

Mr To’s career in China spans more than thirty years and he is well known to many of the top Government leaders in China. Mr To is the original founder of Hutchison Whampoa Limited’s healthcare business and has been instrumental in the acquisitions made to date. He received a First Class Honours Bachelor’s Degree in Mechanical Engineering from Imperial College, London and an MBA from Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business.

Christian Hogg, M.B.A.
Chief Executive Officer, Hutchison China MediTech Limited and Director, Hutchison MediPharma Holdings Limited

Christian Hogg

Mr Hogg has been an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer since 2006. He is also a member of the Technical Committee of the Company. He joined Hutchison Whampoa (China) Limited in 2000 and has since led all aspects of the creation, implementation and management of the Company’s strategy, business and listing. This includes the creation of the Company’s start-up businesses and the acquisition and operational integration of assets that led to the formation of the Company’s China joint ventures.

Prior to joining Hutchison China, Mr Hogg spent ten years with Procter & Gamble starting in the US in Finance and then Brand Management in the Laundry and Cleaning Products Division. Mr Hogg then moved to China to manage P&G’s detergent business followed by a move to Brussels to run P&G’s global bleach business. Mr Hogg received a Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering from the University of Edinburgh and an MBA from the University of Tennessee.

Weiguo Su, Ph.D.
Executive Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer

Weiguo Su

Dr. Su has headed all drug discovery and research since he joined, including creating our R&D strategy, the formation and growth of research platform, and the research and discovery of each and every small molecule drug candidate in the Company’s portfolio.

Prior to joining in 2005, Dr. Su spent 15 years with Pfizer’s US R&D organization. Dr. Su delivered several high quality new drug candidates during his time with Pfizer, most recently as a director in the Medicinal Chemistry Department.

He received his Ph.D. and post-doctoral fellowship in Chemistry from Harvard University under the guidance of Nobel Laureate Professor E. J. Corey, and his Bachelor’s degree in Chemistry from Fudan University in Shanghai, China.

Ba

R & D Center Address (A):
Building 4, 720 Cailun Road
Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park
Pudong, Shanghai, China
Postal Code: 201203, China
Head Office Address (B):
Building 4, 917 Halei Road
Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park
Pudong, Shanghai, China
Postal Code: 201203, China
Tel:     +86 21 2067 3000 Email: BD@hmplglobal.com

Addresses in Chinese:

R & D Center ( A): Chinese Cai Lun Road, Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park in Pudong New Area, Shanghai, Lane 720 (intermediate哈雷路爱迪way out), Building 4

Head Office (B): Harley Road, Zhangjiang Hi-Tech Park, Pudong New Area, China, Shanghai, Lane 917, Building 4

HMP location

 


 

///////

Bococizumab


 

 

Bococizumab

PF-04950615, RN-316, RN316

PCSK9 (proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9, neural apoptosis-regulated convertase 1, NARC1, NARC-1, proproteine convertase 9, PC9) [Homo sapiens]

IgG2 – kappa

Hypercholesterolemia

Cardiovascular diseases

STRUCTURAL FORMULA
Heavy chain
QVQLVQSGAE VKKPGASVKV SCKASGYTFT SYYMHWVRQA PGQGLEWMGE 50
ISPFGGRTNY NEKFKSRVTM TRDTSTSTVY MELSSLRSED TAVYYCARER 100
PLYASDLWGQ GTTVTVSSAS TKGPSVFPLA PCSRSTSEST AALGCLVKDY 150
FPEPVTVSWN SGALTSGVHT FPAVLQSSGL YSLSSVVTVP SSNFGTQTYT 200
CNVDHKPSNT KVDKTVERKC CVECPPCPAP PVAGPSVFLF PPKPKDTLMI 250
SRTPEVTCVV VDVSHEDPEV QFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPRE EQFNSTFRVV 300
SVLTVVHQDW LNGKEYKCKV SNKGLPSSIE KTISKTKGQP REPQVYTLPP 350
SREEMTKNQV SLTCLVKGFY PSDIAVEWES NGQPENNYKT TPPMLDSDGS 400
FFLYSKLTVD KSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALH NHYTQKSLSL SPGK 444
Light chain
DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT ITCRASQGIS SALAWYQQKP GKAPKLLIYS 50′
ASYRYTGVPS RFSGSGSGTD FTFTISSLQP EDIATYYCQQ RYSLWRTFGQ 100′
GTKLEIKRTV AAPSVFIFPP SDEQLKSGTA SVVCLLNNFY PREAKVQWKV 150′
DNALQSGNSQ ESVTEQDSKD STYSLSSTLT LSKADYEKHK VYACEVTHQG 200′
LSSPVTKSFN RGEC 214′
Disulfide bridges location
22-96 22”-96” 23′-88′ 23”’-88”’ 132-214′ 132”-214”’
134′-194′ 134”’-194”’ 145-201 145”-201” 220-220” 221-221”
224-224” 227-227” 258-318 258”-318” 364-422 364”-422”

Bococizumab nonproprietary drug name

bococizumab

RN-316, PF-04950615

target-PC9

USAN (AB-55) BOCOCIZUMAB
PRONUNCIATION boe” koe siz’ ue mab
THERAPEUTIC CLAIM Treatment of dyslipidemia
CHEMICAL NAME
1. Immunoglobulin G2, anti-(human neural apoptosis-regulated proteinase
1)(human-Mus musculus monoclonal PF-04950615 heavy chain), disulfide
with human-Mus musculus monoclonal PF-04950615 light chain, dimer
2. Immunoglobulin G2-kappa, anti-[human proprotein convertase subtilisin/hexin type 9 (neural apoptosis-regulated convertase 1, PC9)], humanized mouse monoclonal antibody; gamma 2 heavy chain (1-444) [humanized VH (Homo sapiens IGHV1-46-1*03 (90.8%) -(IGHD)-IGHJ6*01) [8.8.11] (1-118)-Homo sapiens IGHG2*01 CH2A100>S(327),CH2P101>S(328) (119-444)] (132-214′)-
disulfide with kappa light chain (1′-214′) [humanized V-KAPPA (Homo sapiensIGKV1-39*01 (88.2%)-IGKJ2*01 [6.3.9] (1′-107′)-IGKC*01 (108′-214′)]; dimer
(220-220”:221-221”:224-224”:227-227”)-tetrakisdisulfide

MOLECULAR FORMULA C6414H9918N1722O2012S54
MOLECULAR WEIGHT 145.1 kDa
TRADEMARK None as yet
SPONSOR Pfizer, Inc.
CODE DESIGNATIONS RN316, PF-04950615
CAS REGISTRY NUMBER 1407495-02-6
WHO NUMBER 9840

Bococizumab[1] (RN316)[2] is a drug in development by Pfizer targeting PCSK9 to reduce LDL cholesterol.[3]

Description

Bococizumab is a monoclonal antibody that inhibits PCSK9, a protein that interferes with the removal of LDL. LDL levels are a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease.

Clinical trials

A phase 2b study of statin patients was presented at the 2014 American College of Cardiology. Monthly or bimonthly injections resulted in significantly reduced LDL-C at week 12.

The Phase 3 SPIRE trials plan to enroll 17,000 patients to measure cardiovascular risk. High risk and statin intolerant subjects will be included.

References

 

Bococizumab?
Monoclonal antibody
Type Whole antibody
Source Humanized (from mouse)
Target Proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9)
Clinical data
Legal status
  • Investigational
Routes of
administration
Subcutaneous injection
Identifiers
CAS Registry Number 1407495-02-6
ATC code None
PubChem SID: 194168554
IUPHAR/BPS 7730
ChEMBL CHEMBL3137349
Chemical data
Formula C6414H9918N1722O2012S54
Molecular mass 145.1 kDa

//////

Lusutrombopag….Oral thrombopoietin (TPO) mimetic


 LUSUTROMBOPAG.pngChemSpider 2D Image | Lusutrombopag | C29H32Cl2N2O5S

Lusutrombopag

Update…..FDA approved july2018

(E)-3-[2,6-dichloro-4-[[4-[3-[(1S)-1-hexoxyethyl]-2-methoxyphenyl]-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]carbamoyl]phenyl]-2-methylprop-2-enoic acid

(S)-(-)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid

(2E)-3-{2,6-Dichloro-4-[(4-{3-[(1S)-1-(hexyloxy)ethyl]-2-methoxyphenyl}-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)carbamoyl]phenyl}-2-methylacrylic acid

UNII 6LL5JFU42F,  CAS 1110766-97-6,

D10476, MW591.546 , [US2010267783], MF C29H32Cl2N2O5S, S-888711

Shionogi & Co., Ltd.塩野義製薬株式会社 INNOVATOR

Optically active compound (C-3B)  Melting point: 142-145°C………….EP2184279B1

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 12.97 (brs, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.90 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.35 – 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.82 (q, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.16 – 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.18 – 1.51 (m, 11H), 0.82-0.87 (m, 3H) Optical rotation -4.5 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.001, 25°C)………….EP2184279B1

Optical rotation: -7.0 ± 0.5 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.040, 21°C), NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, m), 1.48 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.52 – 1.64 (2H, m), 1.86 (3H, d, J = 1.4Hz)), 3.35 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 3.55 (3H, s), 4.87 (1H, q, J = 6.3 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 8.33 (2H, s), 13.4 (2H, brs)………EP2184279B1

 

Thrombopoietin receptor agonist, Oral thrombopoietin (TPO) mimetic

  • 24 Mar 2015 Shionogi plans a phase III trial in Thrombocytopenia (in patients with chronic liver disease) in USA (NCT02389621)
  • 31 Dec 2014 Preregistration for Thrombocytopenia in Japan (PO)
  • 08 Nov 2013 Phase II development is ongoing in the US and the Europe

Process for preparing intermediates of an optically active 1,3-thiazole containing thrombopoietin receptor agonist  Also claims crystalline forms of lusutrombopag intermediates and a process for preparing lusutrombopag. Shionogi is developing lusutrombopag, a small-molecule thrombopoietin mimetic, as an oral tablet formulation for treating thrombocytopenia.

In December 2014, an NDA was submitted in Japan. In May 2015, the drug was listed as being in phase III development for thrombocytopenia in the US and Europe.

  

 

The lusutrombopag, a low molecular-human thrombopoietin receptor agonist, its chemical formula, “(E) -3- [2,6-Dichloro-4- [4- [3 – [(S) -1-hexyloxyethyl] – 2-methoxyphenyl] -thiazol- 2-ylcarbamoyl] -phenyl] is a -2-methylacrylic acid “. lusutrombopag is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

 

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

 

Eltrombopag is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 

Avatrombopag is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 

 

Totrombopag choline is represented by the following chemical structural formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
C 3B IS THE COMPD OF ROT (-) AND S, E  FORM
Figure imgb0009
 Example 2
Synthesis of (R)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (C-3A) (not included in the present invention) and (S)-(-)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (C-3B)
According to the same method as in Example 1, an optically active compound (C-3A) and an opticallly active compound (C-3B) were synthesized from (RS)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-{4-[3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl]thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl}phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (B-3) obtained in Reference Example 3.Optically active compound (C-3A)Melting point: 139-141°C   UNDESIRED
NMR (DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 12.97 (brs, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.90 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.35 – 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.82 (q, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.16 – 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.18 – 1.51 (m, 11H), 0.82 – 0.87 (m, 3H) Optical rotaion +4.5 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.001, 25°C)

Optically active compound (C-3B)Melting point: 142-145°C  DESIRED

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ ppm: 12.97 (brs, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.90 (dd, 1H, J = 1.8 Hz, 7.5 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.35 – 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, 1H, J = 7.5 Hz), 4.82 (q, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.16 – 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.18 – 1.51 (m, 11H), 0.82-0.87 (m, 3H) Optical rotation -4.5 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.001, 25°C)

Example 4: Synthesis of (C-3B)

 

    • Figure imgb0021

First step: Synthesis of (S)-1-(3-bromo-2-methyloxyphenyl)ethane-1-ol (17)

Using the same method as that of the first step of Example 3, the compound (17) was obtained from the compound (16) at a yield 77%.

    • Optical rotation: -23.5 ± 0.6 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.050, 21°C)
      NMR (CDCl3) θ ppm: 1.49 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 2.33 (1H, brs), 3.88 (3H, s), 5.19 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.01 (1H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.40 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.1 Hz), 7.46 (1H, dd, J = 8.0 Hz, J = 1.4 Hz)

Second step: Synthesis of (S)-1-bromo-3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxybenzene (18)

    •  Using the same method as that of the second step of Example 3, the compound (18) was obtained from the compound (17) at a yield of 96%.
      Optical rotation: -29.8 ± 0.6 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.055, 21°C)
      NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, m), 1.42 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.54 (2H, m), 3.29 (2H, m), 3.85 (3H, s), 4.78 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.02 (1H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.39 (1H, dd, J = 7.8 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.45 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz)

Third step and fourth step: Synthesis of (S)-4-(3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-methyloxyphenyl)thiazole-2-amine (20)

    • Using the same method as that of the fourth step of Example 3, the compound (19) was obtained from the compound (18), subsequently according to the same method as that of the fourth step, the compound (20) was obtained.

Compound (19)

    •  NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.2-1.4 (6H, m), 1.45 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.55 (2H, m), 3.29 (2H, m), 3.78 (3H, s), 4.73 (2H, m), 4.80 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.24 (1H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 7.52 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz)

Compound (20)

  •  Optical rotation: -4.2 ± 0.4 degrees (DMSO, c = 1.025, 21°C)
    NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.2 – 1.3 (6H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.48 (2H, m), 3.25 (2H, m), 3.61 (3H, s), 4.78 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.99 (2H, brs), 7.05 (1H, s), 7.16 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.81 (1H, dd, J = 7.6 Hz, J = 1.9 Hz)
  • Fifth step: Synthesis of ethyl (S)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-(4-(3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-metyloxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)phenyl)-2-methylacrylate (21)
    •  Using the same method as that of the fifth step of Example 3, the compound (21) was obtained from the compound (20) at a yield of 94%.
      Optical rotation: +4.7 ± 0.4 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.07, 21°C)
      NMR (CDCl3 ) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.2 – 1.35 (6H, m), 1.38 (3H, t, J = 7.1
      Hz), 1.44 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.57 (2H, m), 1.77 (3H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 3.30 (2H, m), 3.59 (3H, s), 4.31 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.83 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 7.17 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.42 (1H, dd, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.67 (1H, dd, J = 7.6 Hz, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.89 (2H, s), 10.30 (1H, brs)

Sixth step: Synthesis of (S)-(E)-3-(2,6-dichloro-4-(4-(3-(1-hexyloxyethyl)-2-metyloxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)phenyl)-2-methylacrylic acid (C-3B)

  • Using the same method as that of the sixth step of Example 3, the compound (C-3B) was obtained from the compound (21) at a yield of 80%.
    Optical rotation: -7.0 ± 0.5 degrees (CHCl3, c = 1.040, 21°C)
    NMR (CDCl3) δ ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, m), 1.48 (3H, d, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.52 – 1.64 (2H, m), 1.86 (3H, d, J = 1.4Hz)), 3.35 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 3.55 (3H, s), 4.87 (1H, q, J = 6.3 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 8.33 (2H, s), 13.4 (2H, brs)
  • Results of powder X-ray deffraction are shown in Fig. 5.
  • Diffraction angle of main peak: 2θ = 17.8, 21.1, 22.5, 23.3, 24.1, and 24.4 degrees

 

 

 

WO2005014561/EP1655291A1

 https://www.google.co.in/patents/EP1655291A1?cl=en

 

 

WO2014003155, claiming a composition comprising lusutrombopag, useful for treating thrombocytopenia.

https://www.google.co.in/patents/US20150148385?cl=en

 

 

 

.

WO  2015093586

Methods respectively for producing optically active compound having agonistic activity on thrombopoietin receptors and intermediate of said compound 

 

(Step 1) Synthesis of compound (VII ‘)  under a nitrogen atmosphere, it was dissolved compound 1 (2.00kg) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (28.0kg). 25% LDA tetrahydrofuran – heptane – ethyl benzene solution (13.20kg) was added dropwise over 1 hour at -55 ℃, and stirred for 30 minutes. It was added dropwise over 40 minutes to 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3.0kg) solution of N- formyl morpholine (3.74kg) at -55 ℃, and stirred for 1 hour. 1,2-dimethoxyethane (3.0kg) solution of 2-phosphono-propanoic acid triethyl (3.74kg) was added dropwise over 45 minutes at 0 ℃, and stirred for 2 hours. 35% aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (15.8kg) was added dropwise over 40 minutes to the reaction solution. Water (16.0kg) was added and extracted. The resulting organic layer was washed with water (8.0kg), and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Acetonitrile (16.0kg) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 25 ℃, and the mixture was stirred and cooled to 0 ℃ 5 hours and 30 minutes. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed with 5 ℃ acetonitrile (3.2kg). The resulting crystals it was dissolved in acetonitrile (16.0kg) at 75 ℃. It was cooled to 60 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Over 1 hour and then cooled to 30 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. Over 40 minutes and then cooled to 5 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours.The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed with 5 ℃ acetonitrile (3.2kg). The resulting crystals it was dissolved in acetonitrile (13.0kg) at 75 ℃. It was cooled to 60 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Furthermore, up to 30 ℃ over 1 hour and then cooled and stirred for 70 minutes. Over 30 minutes and then cooled to 5 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. I precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. Washed with 5 ℃ acetonitrile (3.2kg), and dried to give the compound (VII ‘) (1.63kg, 51.2% yield). NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 8.07 (s, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 4.32 (Q, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.79 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz)  Results of powder X-ray diffraction and I shown in Figure 1 and Table 3. [Table 3]  In the powder X-ray diffraction spectrum, diffraction angle (2θ): 8.1 ± 0.2 °, 16.3 ± 0.2 °, 19.2 ± 0.2 °, 20.0 ± 0. 2 °, the peak was observed at 24.8 ± 0.2 °, and 39.0 ± 0.2 ° degrees.

 

(Synthesis of Compound (XI ‘))

(Step 2) Synthesis of Compound 4  under a nitrogen atmosphere over Compound 3 (3.00kg) and 1mol / L isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (11.40kg) 1 hour at 25 ℃ in The dropped, and stirred for 2 hours. 1mol / L isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran solution (0.56kg) was added at 25 ℃, and stirred for 2 hours. To the reaction mixture N- methoxymethyl -N- methylacetamide the (1.45kg) was added dropwise over at 25 ℃ 40 minutes, and stirred for 80 minutes. 7% hydrochloric acid (9.7kg) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with toluene (11.0kg). The resulting organic layer twice with water (each 7.5kg) washed, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give Compound 4 (2.63kg). NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 7.69 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.5 Hz), 7.55 (dd, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz, J = 1.5 Hz), 7.05 (t, 1H, J = 7.7 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.64 (s, 3H) ppm:

(Step 3) Synthesis of Compound 5  Under a nitrogen atmosphere, chloro [(1S Compound 4 (2.63kg), 2S) -N- ( p- toluenesulfonyl) -1,2-diphenyl-ethane diamine] (p- cymene) ruthenium (II) (28.6g), it was added to tetrahydrofuran (1.3kg) and triethylamine (880.0g). Formic acid (570.0g) was added dropwise over 6 hours at 40 ℃, and stirred for 1 hour. In addition 3.5% hydrochloric acid (14.4kg) to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with toluene (13.0kg).The organic layer was washed with 3.5% hydrochloric acid (14.4kg) and water (7.5kg), the solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a toluene solution of Compound 5 (4.44kg).

(Step 4) Synthesis of Compound 6  under a nitrogen atmosphere, it was a potassium hydroxide (6.03kg) was dissolved in water (6.0kg). To the solution, it added tetrabutylammonium bromide (182.0g) and toluene solution of Compound 5 (4.44kg). 1-bromo-hexane (2.79kg) was added dropwise over 1 hour at 60 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. And extracted by adding water (4.4kg) to the reaction solution. The resulting organic layer was filtered through powdered cellulose and extracted with toluene (3.0kg) and water (7.6kg) to the filtrate. The solvent it was evaporated under reduced pressure from the organic layer. Toluene operation of evaporated under reduced pressure and the solvent by the addition of a (7.8kg) was repeated five times to obtain a toluene solution of Compound 6 (10.0kg).

(Step 5) Synthesis of Compound 7  under a nitrogen atmosphere, magnesium powder (301.0g), in tetrahydrofuran (1.3kg), the compound in toluene (6.4kg) and 1mol / L isopropylmagnesium chloride in tetrahydrofuran (432.0g) 6 In addition of the toluene solution (0.50kg) at 30 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Toluene solution of Compound 6 (9.50kg) was added dropwise over 3 hours at 50 ℃, and stirred for 2 hours. 1-bromo-hexane (746.0g) was added at 50 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. It was added dropwise over 1 hour at 5 ℃ toluene (5.3kg) solution of 2-chloro -N- methoxy -N- methyl-acetamide (1.78kg), and stirred for 1 hour. 3.7% hydrochloric acid (16.7kg) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted. The obtained organic layer was washed with water (15.0kg), and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a toluene solution of Compound 7 (8.25kg).

 

(Step 6) Synthesis of Compound (II ‘)  under a nitrogen atmosphere, thiourea (1.03kg), in ethanol (1.2kg) and 65 ℃ toluene solution of compound 7 (8.25kg) in toluene (6.3kg) over 3 hours was added dropwise and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction solution was extracted by adding 0.7% hydrochloric acid (30.6kg), and washed twice with water (30.0kg). Ethanol in the organic layer (9.5kg), and extracted by addition of heptane (10.0kg) and 3.5% hydrochloric acid (5.9kg). The resulting aqueous layer with 4% hydrochloric acid (1.5kg) and ethanol (3.5kg) merged the aqueous layer was extracted from the organic layer, the ethanol was washed with heptane (10.0kg) (3.1kg) It was added. 8% aqueous sodium hydroxide (6.0kg) was added dropwise over at 5 ℃ 30 minutes, and stirred for 20 minutes. 8% aqueous sodium hydroxide (5.8kg) was added dropwise over a period at 5 ℃ 15 minutes.The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, washed with 45% aqueous ethanol (10.9kg) and water (15.0kg) (crude crystals of Compound (II ‘)). The resulting crude crystals were dissolved in 50 ℃ in ethanol (8.1kg), over a period of 1 hour and then cooled to 10 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Water (10.0kg) over 2 hours was added dropwise and stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, washed with 50% aqueous ethanol (7.5kg) and water (10.0kg) (crystals of the compound after recrystallization from ethanol / water system (II ‘)). The resulting crystals were dissolved at 55 ℃ in toluene (1.6kg) and heptane (1.3kg), over 1 hour and cooled to 20 ℃, and stirred for 30 minutes. Heptane (6.3kg) over a period of 30 minutes was added dropwise and stirred for 15 minutes. The obtained crystals precipitated were collected by filtration, washed with a mixed solvent of toluene (0.3kg) and heptane (2.3kg), and dried to give compound (II ‘) (1.67kg, 44.5% yield) a (crystalline compound after recrystallization from toluene / heptane system (II ‘)).

NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 0.84 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.2 – 1.3 (6H, M), 1.35 (3H, D, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.48 (2H, M), 3.25 ( 2H, m), 3.61 (3H, s), 4.78 (1H, q, J = 6.4 Hz), 6.99 (2H, brs), 7.05 (1H, s), 7.16 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.81 (1H, dd, J = 7.6 Hz, J = 1.9 Hz)  it is shown in Figure 2 and Table 4 the results of powder X-ray diffraction. [Table 4]  In the powder X-ray diffraction spectrum, diffraction angle (2θ): 12.5 ± 0.2 °, 13.0 ± 0.2 °, 13.6 ± 0.2 °, 16.4 ± 0. 2 °, 23.0 ± 0.2 °, a peak was observed at 24.3 ± 0.2 ° degrees.  Above, each of the compounds (II ‘) of the crude crystals, the ethanol / compound after recrystallization from water (II’) crystals and toluene / heptane compound after recrystallization from (II ‘) crystallographic purity of the results of the , Fig. 3, I 4 and 5 as well as Table 5. [Table 5](HPLC was measured by the above method A.)  As shown in the results of the above table, as compared to recrystallization from ethanol / water, recrystallized with toluene / heptane system, compounds having a high optical purity it is possible to manufacture a crystal of (II ‘).  Next, the above-mentioned compound (II ‘) of the crude crystals, the ethanol / compound after recrystallization from water (II’) crystals and toluene / heptane compound after recrystallization from (II ‘) results of crystals of HPLC of the respectively, Fig. 6, I 7 and 8 and Table 6. [Table 6] (units, .N.D shows the peak area of the (%). is, .HPLC to indicate not detected was measured by the above method B.)  As shown in the results of Table, with ethanol / water system Compared to recrystallization, recrystallization from toluene / heptane system is found to be efficiently remove organic impurities A and organic impurities B.

(Step 7) Compound ‘Synthesis of DMSO adduct of (VIII)  Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the compound (II ‘) (1.50kg) and compound (VII’) (1.43kg) in ethyl acetate (17.6kg) and triethylamine (1.09kg) were sequentially added, was dissolved.Diphenyl phosphorochloridate the (1.46kg) was added dropwise over 1 hour at 50 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ℃, after the addition of 2.6% hydrochloric acid (8.1kg), and extracted. The resulting organic layer to 6.3% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (3.2kg) and 14% aqueous sodium carbonate (5.2kg) was added and stirred for 20 minutes. Adjusted to pH7.5 with 8.3% hydrochloric acid and extracted. The organic layer it was washed with 4.8% sodium chloride aqueous solution (11.0kg). DMSO and (16.5kg) was added, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.DMSO and (5.8kg) was added, over a period at 40 ℃ 30 minutes was added dropwise water (0.9kg), and stirred for 1 hour. Over a period of 30 minutes, cooled to 25 ℃, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Over at 25 ℃ 30 minutes was added dropwise water (1.4kg), and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. After washing with 90% DMSO solution (10.0kg) and water (27.0kg), to obtain crystals of DMSO adduct and dried to Compound (VIII ‘) (2.98kg, 95.2% yield).

1H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta: 0.87 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.34 (M, 6H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (D, J = 6.5 Hz , 3H), 1.52-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.77 (d, J = 1.3Hz, 3H), 2.62 (s, 6H), 3.28-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 4.31 ( q, J = 7.1Hz, 2H), 4.83 (q, J = 6.5Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J = 7.7Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J = 7.7, 1.8Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 1.3Hz, 2H), 10.58 (s, 1H).  The results of the powder X-ray diffraction and I are shown in Figure 9 and Table 7. [Table 7]

In the powder X-ray diffraction spectrum, diffraction angle (2θ): 5.2 ° ± 0.2 °, 7.0 ° ± 0.2 °, 8.7 ° ± 0.2 °, 10.5 ° ± 0.2 °, 12.3 ° ± 0.2 °, 14.0 ° ± 0.2 °, 15.8 ° ± 0.2 °, 19.3 ° ± 0.2 °, 22.5 ° peak was observed to ± 0.2 ° and 24.1 ° ± 0.2 °.  TG / DTA analysis result it is shown in Figure 10.  Then, each result of HPLC of concentrated dry solid and the above DMSO adduct crystals described in the following Reference Examples 1, 11 and 12, 13 and 14, and I are shown in Table 8. [Table 8] (unit, .HPLC showing peak areas of (%) was measured by the above methods C.)  As shown in the results of the above Table, when compared with the extract, DMSO adduct of the compound (VIII ‘) The in the crystal, less residual organic impurities D, and it found to be about 56% removal.

(Step 8)  under nitrogen atmosphere, DMSO adduct of the compound (VIII ‘) and (2.50kg) it was dissolved in ethanol (15.8kg). 24% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1.97kg) was added dropwise over a period at 45 ℃ 30 minutes to the solution and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ℃, water was added (20.0kg) and ethanol (7.8kg). 18% hydrochloric acid (2.61kg) was added dropwise over at 25 ℃ 30 minutes, followed by addition of seed crystals prepared according to the method described in Patent Document 23. After stirring for 3 hours and allowed to stand overnight. Thereafter, the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, to give after washing with 50% aqueous ethanol solution (14.2kg), and dried to a compound (XI ‘) (1.99kg, 93.9% yield).

NMR (CDCl 3 ) delta ppm: 0.87 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.2 – 1.4 (6H, M), 1.48 (3H, D, J = 6.4 Hz), 1.52 – 1.64 (2H, M), 1.86 (3H, d, J = 1.4Hz), 3.35 (2H, t, J = 6.7Hz), 3.55 (3H, s), 4.87 (1H, q, J = 6.3 Hz), 7.25 (1H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.49 (1H, dd, J = 7.9 Hz, J = 1.6 Hz), 7.51 (1H, dd, J = 7.5 Hz, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J = 1.4 Hz), 8.33 (2H, s), 13.4 (2H, brs)  I is shown in Figure 15 the results of powder X-ray diffraction.

 

Patent Document 1: JP-A-10-72492 JP
Patent Document 2: WO 96/40750 pamphlet
Patent Document 3: JP-A-11-1477 JP
Patent Document 4: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-152276
Patent Document 5: International Publication No. 00/35446 pamphlet
Patent Document 6: JP-A-10-287634 JP
Patent Document 7: WO 01/07423 pamphlet
Patent Document 8: International Publication WO 01/53267 pamphlet
Patent Document 9: International Publication No. 02 / 059 099 pamphlet
Patent Document 10: International Publication No. 02/059100 pamphlet
Patent Document 11: International Publication No. 02/059100 pamphlet
Patent Document 12: International Publication No. 02/062775 pamphlet
Patent Document 13: International Publication No. 2003/062233 pamphlet
Patent Document 14: International Publication No. 2004/029049 pamphlet
Patent Document 15: International Publication No. 2005/007651 pamphlet
Patent Document 16: International Publication No. 2005/014561 pamphlet
Patent Document 17: JP 2005-47905 Japanese
patent Document 18: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-219480
Patent Document 19: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-219481
Patent Document 20: International Publication No. 2007/004038 pamphlet
Patent Document 21: International Publication No. 2007/036709 pamphlet
Patent Document 22: International Publication No. 2007/054783 pamphlet
Patent Document 23: International Publication No. 2009/017098 pamphlet

Non-Patent Document 1: Proceedings of the National Akademyi of Science of the United State of America (…. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA) 1992, Vol. 89, p 5640-5644.
Non-Patent Document 2: Journal of Organic (.. J. Org Chem) Chemistry 1984, Vol. 49, p 3856-3857.
Non-Patent Document 3: (.. J. Org Chem). Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1992, Vol. 57, p 6667-6669
Non-Patent Document 4:. Shinretto (Synlett) 2004 year Vol. 6, p 1092-1094

 

POSTER

101 Discovery and biological evaluation of Lusutrombopag (S-888711) as a novel nonpeptide drug candidate for thrombocytopenia
Masami Takayama, Hajime Yamada, Hiroshi Takemoto, Takeshi Shiota, Yoshikazu Tanaka, Noriko Yamane, Kouji Takahashi, Naoki Oyabu, Kenji Kuwabara, Itsuki Oshima, Kenzo Koizumi, Hiroshi Yoshida, Ayumu Nogami, Tomomi Yamada, Yutaka Yoshida, Takami Murashi, Shinichiro Hara.
101 – Discovery and biological evaluation of Lusutrombopag (S-888711) as a novel nonpeptide drug candidate for thrombocytopenia

Masami Takayama1, masami.takayama@shionogi.co.jp, Hajime Yamada3, Hiroshi Takemoto2, Takeshi Shiota2, Yoshikazu Tanaka2, Noriko Yamane2, Kouji Takahashi2, Naoki Oyabu3, Kenji Kuwabara3, Itsuki Oshima2, Kenzo Koizumi3, Hiroshi Yoshida3, Ayumu Nogami3, Tomomi Yamada3, Yutaka Yoshida3, Takami Murashi3, Shinichiro Hara2. (1) Department of Strategic Research Planning Offices, Shionogi & CO., LTD, Toyonaka, Osaka 561-0825, Japan, (2) Department of Innovative Drug Discovery Research Laboratories, Shionogi & CO.,LTD, Toyonaka, Osaka 561-0825, Japan, (3) Department of Medicinal Research Laboratories, Shionogi & CO., LTD, Toyonaka, Osaka 561-0825, Japan

As a drug candidate of thrombocytopenia, Lusutrombopag (S-888711) is in Phase III clinical trial stage right now. It is been proven that Lusutrombopag (S-888711) is excellent property in safety and efficacy by clinical trials. In this meeting, we will present in detail about the history of drug discovery of Lusutrombopag.Because Lusutrombopag (S-888711) acts specifically to human TPO receptor, we prepared TPOR-Ki/Shi mice expressing a mouse-human chimeric TPOR for evaluating the efficacy. This TPOR-Ki/Shi mice worked very well as an evaluation model of drug efficacy, so we were able to select Lusutrombopag from many candidate compounds. In this meeting, we will present the results of the efficacy in TPOR-Ki/Shi mice of Lusutrombopag and the similar drug (Eltrombopag).
Sunday, March 16, 2014 07:00 PM
General Poster Session (07:00 PM – 10:00 PM)
Location: Dallas Convention Center
Room: Hall E
Monday, March 17, 2014 08:00 PM
Sci-Mix (08:00 PM – 10:00 PM)
Location: Dallas Convention Center
Room: Hall F

http://acselb-529643017.us-west-2.elb.amazonaws.com/chem/247nm/program/divisionindex.php?nl=1&act=presentations&val=General+Poster+Session&ses=General+Poster+Session&prog=222964

 

update………..

FDA approves lusutrombopag for thrombocytopenia in adults with chronic liver disease

https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/InformationOnDrugs/ApprovedDrugs/ucm615348.htm

synthesis………..https://newdrugapprovals.org/2015/08/20/lusutrombopag-oral-thrombopoietin-tpo-mimetic/

On July 31, 2018, the Food and Drug Administration approved lusutrombopag (Mulpleta, Shionogi Inc.) for thrombocytopenia in adults with chronic liver disease who are scheduled to undergo a medical or dental procedure.

Approval was based on two randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials (L-PLUS 1 and L-PLUS 2, NCT02389621) involving 312 patients with chronic liver disease and severe thrombocytopenia who were undergoing an invasive procedure and had a platelet count less than 50 x 109/L. Patients were randomized 1:1 to receive 3 mg of lusutrombopag or placebo once daily for up to 7 days.

In L-PLUS 1, 78% of patients (38/49) receiving lusutrombopag required no platelet transfusion prior to the primary invasive procedure, compared with 13% (6/48) who received placebo (95% CI for treatment difference: 49%, 79%; p<0.0001). In L-PLUS 2, 65% (70/108) of patients who received lusutrombopag required no platelet transfusion prior to the primary invasive procedure or rescue therapy for bleeding from randomization through 7 days after the procedure, compared with 29% (31/107) receiving placebo (95% CI for treatment difference: 25%, 49%; p<0.0001).

The most common adverse reaction in ≥ 3% of patients was headache.

The recommended lusutrombopag dosage is 3 mg orally once daily with or without food for 7 days.

View full prescribing information for Mulpleta.

FDA granted this application priority review and fast track designation. A description of FDA expedited programs is in the Guidance for Industry: Expedited Programs for Serious Conditions-Drugs and Biologics.

Healthcare professionals should report all serious adverse events suspected to be associated with the use of any medicine and device to FDA’s MedWatch Reporting System or by calling 1-800-FDA-1088.

Follow the Oncology Center of Excellence on Twitter @FDAOncology.

Check out recent approvals at the OCE’s podcast, Drug Information Soundcast in Clinical Oncology.

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

 

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter

Join me on google plus Googleplus

Join me on Researchgate

Anthony Melvin Crasto Dr.

 amcrasto@gmail.com

 

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON

He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से

जिंदगी चल जाये।

औकात बस इतनी देना,

कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

Read all about Organic Spectroscopy on ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL  

 

 

//////

phase 3, shionogi, japan, lusutrombopag, S 888711

CCCCCCOC(C)C1=CC=CC(=C1OC)C2=CSC(=N2)NC(=O)C3=CC(=C(C(=C3)Cl)C=C(C)C(=O)O)Cl

Filgotinib


Filgotinib.png

Filgotinib

EU APPROVED 2020/9/24, JYSELECA

JAPAN APPROVED2020/9/25

  • C21H23N5O3S
  • MW425.504
  • Elemental Analysis: C, 59.28; H, 5.45; N, 16.46; O, 11.28; S, 7.54
1206161-97-8
Cyclopropanecarboxamide, N-[5-[4-[(1,1-dioxido-4-thiomorpholinyl)methyl]phenyl][1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-
G146034
GLPG0634
N-(5-(4-((1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)methyl)phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide
Galapagos Nv INNOVATOR
PHASE 3,  Crohn’s disease, Rheumatoid arthritis, Ulcerative colitis
Filgotinib is an orally available inhibitor of JAK1/JAK2 and TYK2 in phase III clinical development at Galapagos and Gilead for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, moderate or severe Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis

IL-6 antagonist; Jak1 tyrosine kinase inhibitor; Tyk2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor; Jak3 tyrosine kinase inhibitor; Jak2 tyrosine kinase inhibitor

Autoimmune disease; Cancer; Colitis; Crohns disease; Inflammatory disease; Neoplasm; Rheumatoid arthritis; Transplant rejection

In 2017, orphan drug designation was assigned to the compound in the U.S. for the treatment of pediatric Crohn’s disease and pediatric ulcerative colitis.

GlaxoSmithKline had been developing filgotinib preclinically for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis pursuant to a license; however, in 2010, the compound was re-acquired by Galapagos. In 2012, the product was licensed to Abbott for development and marketing. In January 2013, Abbott spun-off its research-based pharmaceutical business into a newly-formed company AbbVie. The license agreement between Galapagos and Abbott was terminated in September 2015, Galapagos regaining all rights to the product. The same year, Galapagos and Gilead entered into a global partnership and Gilead obtained the global rights of codevelopment and commercialization for the treatment of inflammatory diseases

Filgotinib (GLPG0634), by the Belgian biotech company Galápagos NV, is a drug which is currently under investigation for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and Crohn’s disease.

Filgotinib (GLPG0634) is an orally-available, selective inhibitor of JAK1 (Janus kinase 1) for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and potentially other inflammatory diseases. Filgotinib (GLPG0634) dose-dependently inhibited Th1 and Th2 differentiation and to a lesser extent the differentiation of Th17 cells in vitro. GLPG0634 was well exposed in rodents upon oral dosing, and exposure levels correlated with repression of Mx2 expression in leukocytes. The JAK1 selective inhibitor GLPG0634 (Filgotinib) is a promising novel therapeutic with potential for oral treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and possibly other immune-inflammatory diseases. Filgotinib (GLPG0634) is currently in a Phase 2 study in Crohn’s disease.

3D

Mechanism of action

Filgotinib is a Janus kinase inhibitor with selectivity for subtype JAK1 of this enzyme. It is considered a promising agent as it inhibits JAK1 selectively. Less selective JAK inhibitors (e.g. tofacitinib) are already being marketed. They show long-term efficacy in the treatment of various inflammatory diseases. However, their lack of selectivity leads to dose-limiting side effects.[1] It is thought that inhibition of all JAK isoenzymes is beneficial in rheumatoid arthritis. However, pan-JAK inhibition might also lead to unwanted side effects that might not outweigh its benefits. This is the rationale for the development of newer and more selective inhibitors like filgotinib.

The signal transmission of large numbers of proinflammatory cytokines is dependent on JAK1. Inhibition of JAK2 may also contribute to the efficacy against RA. Nonetheless it is thought that JAK2 inhibition might lead to anemia and thrombopenia by interference witherythropoietin and thrombopoietin and granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor. Therefore one might prefer to choose a more selective JAK1 inhibitor as a primary therapeutic option. Filgotinib exerts a 30-fold selectivity for JAK1 compared to JAK2.[2] It is however still to be seen to what extent JAK2 inhibition should be avoided.

Novel crystalline forms of filgotinib salts, particularly hydrochloride salt, useful for treating JAK-mediated diseases eg inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, proliferative diseases, allergy and transplant rejection.  Galapagos and licensee AbbVie are developing filgotinib, a selective JAK-1 inhibitor, for treating rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and Crohn’s disease (CD). In August 2015, the drug was reported to be in phase 2 clinical development for treating RA and CD. The drug is also being investigated for the treatment of colitis and was discovered as part of the company’s arthritis alliance with GSK; however in August 2010 Galapagos reacquired the full rights. See WO2013189771, claiming use of filgotinib analog for treating inflammatory diseases. Also see WO2010010190 (co-assigned with GSK and Abbott) and WO2010149769 (assigned to Galapagos) claiming filgotinib, generically and specifically, respectively.

Clinical trials and approval

The efficacy of filgotinib is currently studied in a phase2b program (DARWIN trial 1, 2) with involvement of 886 rheumatoid arthritis patients and 180 Crohn’s disease patients.

Phase 1 study

It was shown in phase 1 studies that the pharmacokinetics of filgotinib metabolism is independent of hepatic CYP450 enzymatic degradation. The drug metabolism is however mediated by carboxylesterases. There is no interference reported with the metabolism of methotrexate nor with any of the investigated transport proteins.[3]

Phase 2 study: Proof of concept (2011)

In november 2011 Galápagos released the results of their phase 2 study (identification: NCT01384422, Eudract: 2010-022953-40) in which 36 patients were treated who showed a suboptimal clinical response to methotrexate treatment. Three groups of twelve patients were treated either with 200 mg filgotinib in a single dose, 200 mg divided in two doses or placebo. The primary end-point was the ACR20 score, which monitors improvements in the symptomatology of the patient. After the scheduled 4 weeks of treatment, 83% of the respondents showed an improved ACR20-score. Half of the treated patients showed a complete (or near complete) remission of the disease. There were no reports ofanemia nor changes in lipidemia. The company stated in their press release that filgotinib is the first selective JAK1 inhibitor that shows clinical efficacy. As a result of this study, the company stated that “GLPG0634 shows one of the highest initial response rates ever reported for rheumatoid arthritis treatments”.[4]

DARWIN 1 trial

The DARWIN 1 trial is a 24 week double blind placebo-controlled trial with 599 rheumatoid arthritis patients enrolled. All participants have moderate to severe RA and showed an insufficient response to standard methotrexate treatment. The trial compares three dosages of filgotinib as a once or twice per day regimen. During the trial all participants remain on their methotrexate treatment. According to the company, the results of this trial are expected in July 2015.[5]

DARWIN 2 trial

The DARWIN 2 trial is a double blind placebo-controlled trial with 280 rheumatoid arthritis patients enrolled who show an insufficient response to standard methotrexate treatment. This trial, in contrast to the previous DARWIN 1 trial, methotrexate is discontinued. Therefore, this trial investigates filgotinib as a monotherapy.[6] The recruitment of DARWIN trial 2b ended in november 2014.[7] Preliminary results are expected in the second quarter of 2015 and a full completion of the study is expected in the third quarter of 2015.

DARWIN 3 trial

Patients who complete DARWIN 1 and 2 will be eligible for DARWIN 3.

COSY PREDICT

COSY NMR prediction (26)

Time line

  • june 2011: results of first phase 2 trial
  • november 2014: initiation of DARWIN 1 and 2 trials
  • april 2015: expected date of DARWIN 1 trial results
  • june 2015: expected date of DARWIN 2 trial results

ChemSpider 2D Image | Filgotinib | C21H23N5O3S

NMR FROM NET….ABMOLE, DMSOD6

NMR ABMOLE

NMR MEDKOO DMSOD6

NMR MEDKOO

CHEMIETEK

1H NMR PREDICT
1H NMR MOLBASE GRAPH 1H NMR MOLBASE VAL

13C NMR PREDICT

13C NMR MOLBASE GRAPH 13C NMR MOLBASE VAL

……………………

MORE PREDICTS

FIL CHEMDDOODLE

1H NMR PREDICT

1H NMR DB GRAPH

H EXPLODED

1H NMR DB VAL

13C NMR PREDICT

13C NMRDB GRAPH 13C NMRDB VAL

PRODUCT PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2010149769A1?cl=en

Applicants: GALAPAGOS NV [BE/BE]; Generaal De Wittelaan L11/A3 B-2800 Mechelen (BE) (For All Designated States Except US).
MENET, Christel Jeanne Marie [FR/BE]; (BE) (For US Only).
SMITS, Koen Kurt [BE/BE]; (BE) (For US Only)
Inventors: MENET, Christel Jeanne Marie; (BE).
SMITS, Koen Kurt; (BE)

PRODUCT PATENT SYN 1

WO2010149769

International Filing Date: 25.06.2010

ESTIMATED EXP 2030

Condensation of 2-amino-6-bromopyridine (I) with ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (II) in CH2Cl2 gives 1-(6-bromopyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxythiourea (III), which upon cyclization with hydroxylamine hydrochloride (IV) in the presence of DIEA in EtOH/MeOH yields 2-amino-5-bromo[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (V). N-Acylation of amine (V) with cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (VI) using Et3N in acetonitrile, and subsequent treatment with methanolic ammonia furnishes the carboxamide (VII) (1-3), which upon Suzuki coupling with 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (VIII) in the presence of PdCl2(dppf) and K2CO3 in dioxane/H2O at 90 °C, followed by bromination with PBr3 in CHCl3 affords intermediate (IX). Condensation of benzyl bromide derivative (IX) with thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide (X) using DIEA in CH2Cl2/MeOH yields filgotinib (1,2). Alternatively, condensation of (4-bromomethylphenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolane (XI) with thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide (X) in the presence of DIEA in CH2Cl2/MeOH gives intermediate (XII), which undergoes Suzuki coupling with aryl bromide (VII) in the presence of PdCl2(dppf) and K2CO3 in dioxane/H2O at 90 °C to afford the target filgotinib

The present invention is based on the discovery that the compound of the invention is able to act as an inhibitor of JAK and that it is useful for the treatment of inflammatory conditions, autoimmune diseases, proliferative diseases, transplantation rejection, diseases involving impairment of cartilage turnover, congenital cartilage malformations, and/or diseases associated with hypersecretion of IL6. In a specific aspect the compound is an inhibitor of JAKl and JAK2. The present invention also provides methods for the production of this compound, a pharmaceutical composition comprising this compound and methods for treating inflammatory conditions, autoimmune diseases, proliferative diseases, transplantation rejection, diseases involving impairment of cartilage turnover, congenital cartilage malformations, and/or diseases associated with hypersecretion of IL6 by administering the compound of the invention.

Accordingly, in a first aspect of the invention, a compound of the invention is provided having a formula (I):

[0017] The compound of the invention is a novel inhibitor of JAK that appears to exhibit a dramatically improved in vivo potency as compared to structurally similar compounds. In a particular embodiment the compound of the invention is an inhibitor of JAKl and JAK2. In particular it appears to exhibit this increase in potency at lower in vivo exposure levels compared to structurally similar compounds. The use of a compound with these improvements is expected to result in a lower dosage requirement (and therefore an improved dosing schedule).

General Synthetic Method Scheme 1

1. RCOCI, Et3N 2. NH3 / MeOH CH3CN, 20 0C 2O 0C


wherein Ar represents phenyl-Ll-heterocycloalkyl, where Ll is a bond, -CH2– or -CO- and the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted.

General

1.1.1 l-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (2)

(2)

[00117] To a solution of 2-amino-6-bromopyridine (1) (253.8 g, 1.467 mol) in DCM (2.5 L) cooled to 5 0C is added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (173.0 mL, 1.467 mol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to room temp. (20 0C) and stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gives a solid which may be collected by filtration, thoroughly washed with petrol (3×600 mL) and air-dried to afford (2). The thiourea may be used as such for the next step without any purification. 1H (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 12.03 (IH, br s, NH), 8.81 (IH, d, J 7.8 Hz, H-3), 8.15 (IH, br s, NH), 7.60 (IH, t, J 8.0 Hz, H-4), 7.32 (IH, dd, J 7.7 and 0.6 Hz, H-5), 4.31 (2H, q, J 7.1 Hz, CH2), 1.35 (3H, t, J 7.1 Hz, CH3).

7.7.2 5-Bromo-[l, 2, 4]triazolo[l, 5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (3)

[00118] To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (101.8 g, 1.465 mol) in EtOH/MeOH

(1 :1, 900 mL) is added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (145.3 mL, 0.879 mol) and the mixture is stirred at room temp. (20 0C) for 1 h. l-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (2) (89.0 g, 0.293 mol) is then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux (Note: bleach scrubber is required to quench H2S evolved). After 3 h at reflux, the mixture is allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product is collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition Of H2O (250 mL) and filtration. The combined solids are washed successively with H2O (250 mL), EtOH/MeOH (1 : 1, 250 mL) and Et2O (250 mL) then dried in vacuo to afford the triazolopyridine derivative (3) as a solid. The compound may be used as such for the next step without any purification. 1H (400 MHz, DMSO-t/β) δ 7.43-7.34 (2H, m, 2 x aromatic-H), 7.24 (IH, dd, J 6.8 and 1.8 Hz, aromatic-H), 6.30 (2H, br, NH2); m/z 213/215 (1 :1, M+H+, 100%).

7.7.3 General procedure for mono-acylation to afford intermediate (4):


[00119] To a solution of the 2-amino-triazolopyridine (3) (7.10 g, 33.3 mmol) in dry CH3CN

(150 mL) at 5 0C is added Et3N (11.6 mL, 83.3 mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (83.3 mmol). The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred until all starting material (3) is consumed. If required, further Et3N (4.64 mL, 33.3 mmol) and cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (33.3 mmol) is added to ensure complete reaction. Following solvent evaporation in vacuo the resultant residue is treated with 7 N methanolic ammonia solution (50 mL) and stirred at ambient temp, (for 1-16 h) to hydro lyse any bis-acylated product. Product isolation is made by removal of volatiles in vacuo followed by trituration with Et2O (50 mL). The solids are collected by filtration, washed with H2O (2x50mL), acetone (50 mL) and Et2O (50 mL), then dried in vacuo to give the required bromo intermediate (4).

Method A

Preparation of compounds of the invention via Suzuki coupling (5):

[00120] An appropriate boronic acid (2eq.) is added to a solution of bromo intermediate (4) in

1 ,4-dioxane/water (5:1). K2CO3 (2 eq.) and PdCl2dppf (5%) are added to the solution. The resulting mixture is then heated in a microwave at 140 0C for 30 min (this reaction can also be carried out by traditional heating in an oil bath at 900C for 16h under N2). Water is added and the solution is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are dried over anhyd. MgSθ4 and evaporated in vacuo. The final compound is obtained after purification by flash chromatography or preparative HPLC. HPLC: Waters

XBridge Prep Cl 8 5μm ODB 19mm ID x 100mm L (Part No.186002978). All the methods are using

MeCN/H2O gradients. H2O contains either 0.1% TFA or 0.1% NH3.

Method B

Bl. 4 4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[ 1 , 2, 4]triazolo[l, 5-a] pyridin-5-yl] -benzoyl chloride

[00121] 2 Drops of DMF are added to a solution of 4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)- [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-benzoic acid (1 eq) obtained by Method A using 4-carboxyphenylboronic acid in DCM under N2 atmosphere. Then oxalyl chloride (2 eq) is added dropwise to this resulting solution (gas release). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction by LCMS, the solvent is removed. The crude acid chloride is used without further purification in next step.

B2. Amide formation (General Method)

[00122] An appropriate amine (1.1 eq) and Et3N (5 eq) are dissolved in DCM under N2 atmosphere and cooled at 00C. The acid chloride (Bl, 1 eq) dissolved in DCM is added dropwise to this solution. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After this time, reaction is complete. The compound is extracted with EtOAc and water, washed with brine and dried over anhyd. MgSO4. Organic layers are filtered and evaporated. The final compound is isolated by preparative HPLC. Preparative HPLC: Waters XBridge Prep C18 5μm ODB 19mm ID x 100mm L (Part No.186002978). All the methods are using MeCN/H2O gradients. H2O contains either 0.1% TFA or 0.1% NH3.

Method C

Wherein R3a or R3b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, may form a heterocycloalkyl.

Reductive alkylation (general method)

[00123] An appropriate amine (2 eq.), cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (for example cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-formyl-phenyl)-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridine-2-yl]-amide) prepared by method A (1 eq.) and Ti(OPr)4 are mixed and stirred at room temperature for 3 hrs. The mixture is diluted in ethanol and Na(CN)BH3 (leq.) is added. The resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 16 hrs. The mixture is diluted in water and filtered. The filtrate is washed with ethanol. The combined solvent phases are evaporated under vacuum. The final compound is isolated by preparative HPLC.

Method D 
wherein R1 and R2 together with the Nitrogen atom to which they are attached, may form a heterocycloalkyl.

Reaction ofalkylation

[00124] 2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolane (leq) and Et3N (2 eq) (or AgCO3) are dissolved in DCM/MeOH (4:1 v:v) under N2 and an amine (2 eq) is added dropwise. The resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 16h. After this time, the reaction is complete. The solvent is evaporated. The compound is extracted with EtOAc and water, washed with brine and dried over anhyd. MgSθ4. Organic layers are filtered and evaporated. The final compound is isolated by flash chromatography.

Suzuki coupling

[00125] The obtained boronic acid (2eq.) is added to a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid

(5-bromo-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (4) in 1 ,4-dioxane/water (5:1). K2CO3 (2 eq.) and PdCl2dppf (5%) are added to the solution. The resulting mixture is then heated in a microwave at 140 0C for 30 min (This reaction can also be carried out by traditional heating in an oil bath at 900C for 16h under N2). Water is added and the solution is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are dried over anhyd. MgSθ4 and evaporated in vacuo. The final compound is obtained after purification by flash chromatography or preparative HPLC. HPLC: Waters XBridge Prep C18 5μm ODB 19mm ID x 100mm L (Part No.186002978). All the methods are using MeCN/H2O gradients. H2O contains either 0.1% TFA or 0.1% NH3.

Synthesis of the compound of the invention and comparative examples

Compound l(the compound of the invention)

Step 1:

[00126] 2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolane (leq) and DIPEA

(2 eq) were dissolved in DCM/MeOH (5:1 v:v) under N2 and thiomorpholine 1,1 -dioxide (2 eq) was added portionwise. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 16h. After this time, the reaction was complete. The solvent was evaporated. The compound was extracted with EtOAc and water, washed with brine and dried over anhyd. MgS O4. Organic layers were filtered and evaporated. The final compound was isolated without further purification.

Step 2: Suzuki coupling

[00127] 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzyl]-thiomorpholine-l,l-dioxide

(l.leq.) was added to a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide in 1 ,4-dioxane/water (4:1). K2CO3 (2 eq.) and PdCl2dppf (0.03 eq.) were added to the solution. The resulting mixture was then heated in an oil bath at 900C for 16h under N2. Water was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were dried over anhyd. MgSθ4 and evaporated in vacuo. The final compound was obtained after purification by flash chromatography.

[00128] Alternatively, after completion of the reaction, a palladium scavenger such as 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, is added, the reaction mixture is allowed to cooled down and a filtration is performed. The filter cake is reslurried in a suitable solvent (e.g. acetone), the solid is separated by filtration, washed with more acetone, and dried. The resulting solid is resuspended in water, aqueous HCl is added, and after stirring at RT, the resulting solution is filtered on celite (Celpure P300). Aqueous NaOH is then added to the filtrate, and the resulting suspension is stirred at RT, the solid is separated by filtration, washed with water and dried by suction. Finally the cake is re-solubilised in a mixture of THF/H2O, treated with a palladium scavenger (e.g. SMOPEX 234) at 500C, the suspension is filtered, the organic solvents are removed by evaporation, and the resulting slurry is washed with water and methanol, dried and sieved, to obtain the title compound as a free base.

Alternative route to Compound l(the compound of the invention):

Step 1:

[00129] 4-(Hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (l.leq.) was added to a s o luti o n o f cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide in 1 ,4-dioxane/water (4:1). K2CO3 (2 eq.) and PdCl2dppf (0.03 eq.) were added to the solution. The resulting mixture was then heated in an oil bath at 900C for 16h under N2. Water was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were dried over anhyd. MgSθ4 and evaporated in vacuo. The resulting mixture was used without further purification.

Step 2:

[00130] To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)- [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (1.0 eq) in chloroform was slowly added phosphorus tribromide (1.0 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, quenched with ice and water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over anhyd. MgSθ4, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The resulting white residue was triturated in dichloromethane/diethyl ether 2:1 to afford the expected product as a white solid.

Step 3:

[00131] Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin- 2-yl]-amide (leq) and DIPEA (2 eq) were dissolved in DCM/MeOH (5:1 v:v) under N2 and thiomorpholine 1,1 -dioxide (1.1 eq) was added dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 16h. After this time, the reaction was complete. The solvent was evaporated. The compound was dissolved in DCM, washed with water and dried over anhyd. MgSO^ Organic layers were filtered and evaporated. The final compound was isolated by column chromatography using EtOAc to afford the desired product.

PATENT

WO 2010010190

WO 2013173506

WO 2013189771

WO 2015117980

WO 2015117981

POLYMORPH

CN 105061420

CN105061420

https://encrypted.google.com/patents/CN105061420A?cl=en

JAK inhibitor N-(5-(4-(1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl)methyl)phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide, and methods for preparing the four crystal forms, wherein the four crystal forms respectively are a crystal form H1, a crystal form H2, a crystal form H3 and a crystal form H4,

POLYMORPH

E CRYSTAL

CN 105111206

D CRYSTAL

CN 105111207

H CRYSYAL

CN 105198876

CN 105198877

F CN 105198878

C CN 105198880

POLYMORPH

WO 2016105453

POLYMORPH

POLYMORPH

CN 105669669

The present invention provides a crystal form A, B, D, G and M of N-[5-[4-[(1,1-dioxido-4-thiomorpholinyl)methyl]phenyl][1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide hydrochloride.

PAPER

Future Medicinal Chemistry (2015), 7(2), 203-235.  |  Language: English, Database: CAPLUSA review.  The discovery of the JAK-STAT pathway was a landmark in cell biol.  The identification of these pathways has changed the landscape of treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune diseases.  The two first (unselective) JAK inhibitors have recently been approved by the US FDA for the treatment of myelofibrosis and rheumatoid arthritis and many other JAK inhibitors are currently in clin. development or at the discovery stage.  Research groups have demonstrated the different roles of JAK member and the therapeutic potential of targeting them selectively. ………..

https://www.future-science.com/doi/10.4155/fmc.14.149

PAPER

Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (Philadelphia, PA, United States) (2018), 107(6), 1624-1632.

PATENT

US2010/331319 A1, ; Page/Page column 13-14

http://www.google.com/patents/US20100331319

Synthetic Preparation of the Compound of the Invention and Comparative Examples

The compound of the invention and the comparative examples can be produced according to the following scheme.

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00003

wherein Ar represents phenyl-L1-heterocycloalkyl, where L1 is a bond, —CH2— or —CO— and the heterocycloalkyl group is optionally substituted.

General 1.1.1 1-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (2)

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00004

To a solution of 2-amino-6-bromopyridine (1) (253.8 g, 1.467 mol) in DCM (2.5 L) cooled to 5° C. is added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (173.0 mL, 1.467 mol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to room temp. (20° C.) and stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gives a solid which may be collected by filtration, thoroughly washed with petrol (3×600 mL) and air-dried to afford (2). The thiourea may be used as such for the next step without any purification. 1H (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 12.03 (1H, br s, NH), 8.81 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz, H-3), 8.15 (1H, br s, NH), 7.60 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz, H-4), 7.32 (1H, dd, J 7.7 and 0.6 Hz, H-5), 4.31 (2H, q, J 7.1 Hz, CH2), 1.35 (3H, t, J 7.1 Hz, CH3).

1.1.2 5-Bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (3)

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00005

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (101.8 g, 1.465 mol) in EtOH/MeOH (1:1, 900 mL) is added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (145.3 mL, 0.879 mol) and the mixture is stirred at room temp. (20° C.) for 1 h. 1-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (2) (89.0 g, 0.293 mol) is then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux (Note: bleach scrubber is required to quench H2S evolved). After 3 h at reflux, the mixture is allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product is collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of H2O (250 mL) and filtration. The combined solids are washed successively with H2O (250 mL), EtOH/MeOH (1:1, 250 mL) and Et2O (250 mL) then dried in vacuo to afford the triazolopyridine derivative (3) as a solid. The compound may be used as such for the next step without any purification. 1H (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.43-7.34 (2H, m, 2×aromatic-H), 7.24 (1H, dd, J 6.8 and 1.8 Hz, aromatic-H), 6.30 (2H, br, NH2); m/z 213/215 (1:1, M+H+, 100%).

1.1.3 General Procedure for Mono-Acylation to Afford Intermediate (4)

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00006

To a solution of the 2-amino-triazolopyridine (3) (7.10 g, 33.3 mmol) in dry CH3CN (150 mL) at 5° C. is added Et3N (11.6 mL, 83.3 mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (83.3 mmol). The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred until all starting material (3) is consumed. If required, further Et3N (4.64 mL, 33.3 mmol) and cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (33.3 mmol) is added to ensure complete reaction. Following solvent evaporation in vacuo the resultant residue is treated with 7 N methanolic ammonia solution (50 mL) and stirred at ambient temp. (for 1-16 h) to hydrolyse any bis-acylated product. Product isolation is made by removal of volatiles in vacuo followed by trituration with Et2O (50 mL). The solids are collected by filtration, washed with H2O (2×50 mL), acetone (50 mL) and Et2O (50 mL), then dried in vacuo to give the required bromo intermediate (4).

Method A Preparation of Compounds of the Invention Via Suzuki Coupling (5):

An appropriate boronic acid (2 eq.) is added to a solution of bromo intermediate (4) in 1,4-dioxane/water (5:1). K2CO(2 eq.) and PdCl2dppf (5%) are added to the solution. The resulting mixture is then heated in a microwave at 140° C. for 30 min (this reaction can also be carried out by traditional heating in an oil bath at 90° C. for 16 h under N2). Water is added and the solution is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are dried over anhyd. MgSOand evaporated in vacuo. The final compound is obtained after purification by flash chromatography or preparative HPLC. HPLC: Waters XBridge Prep C18 5 μm ODB 19 mm ID×100 mm L (Part No. 186002978). All the methods are using MeCN/H2O gradients. H2O contains either 0.1% TFA or 0.1% NH3.

Method B

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00007

B1. 4 4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-benzoyl chloride

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00008

2 Drops of DMF are added to a solution of 4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-benzoic acid (1 eq) obtained by Method A using 4-carboxyphenylboronic acid in DCM under Natmosphere. Then oxalyl chloride (2 eq) is added dropwise to this resulting solution (gas release). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction by LCMS, the solvent is removed. The crude acid chloride is used without further purification in next step.

B2. Amide Formation (General Method)

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00009

An appropriate amine (1.1 eq) and Et3N (5 eq) are dissolved in DCM under Natmosphere and cooled at 0° C. The acid chloride (B1, 1 eq) dissolved in DCM is added dropwise to this solution. The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After this time, reaction is complete. The compound is extracted with EtOAc and water, washed with brine and dried over anhyd. MgSO4. Organic layers are filtered and evaporated. The final compound is isolated by preparative HPLC. Preparative HPLC: Waters XBridge Prep C18 5 μm ODB 19 mm ID×100 mm L (Part No. 186002978). All the methods are using MeCN/H2O gradients. H2O contains either 0.1% TFA or 0.1% NH3.

Synthesis of the Compound of the Invention and Comparative Examples Compound 1 (the Compound of the Invention) Step 1:

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00014

2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolane (1 eq) and DIPEA (2 eq) were dissolved in DCM/MeOH (5:1 v:v) under Nand thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide (2 eq) was added portionwise. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After this time, the reaction was complete. The solvent was evaporated. The compound was extracted with EtOAc and water, washed with brine and dried over anhyd. MgSO4. Organic layers were filtered and evaporated. The final compound was isolated without further purification.

STEP 2: Suzuki coupling

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00015

4-[4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzyl]-thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide (1.1 eq.) was added to a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide in 1,4-dioxane/water (4:1). K2CO(2 eq.) and PdCl2dppf (0.03 eq.) were added to the solution. The resulting mixture was then heated in an oil bath at 90° C. for 16 h under N2. Water was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were dried over anhyd. MgSOand evaporated in vacuo. The final compound was obtained after purification by flash chromatography.

Alternatively, after completion of the reaction, a palladium scavenger such as 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, is added, the reaction mixture is allowed to cooled down and a filtration is performed. The filter cake is reslurried in a suitable solvent (e.g. acetone), the solid is separated by filtration, washed with more acetone, and dried. The resulting solid is resuspended in water, aqueous HCl is added, and after stirring at RT, the resulting solution is filtered on celite (Celpure P300). Aqueous NaOH is then added to the filtrate, and the resulting suspension is stirred at RT, the solid is separated by filtration, washed with water and dried by suction. Finally the cake is re-solubilised in a mixture of THF/H2O, treated with a palladium scavenger (e.g. SMOPEX 234) at 50° C., the suspension is filtered, the organic solvents are removed by evaporation, and the resulting slurry is washed with water and methanol, dried and sieved, to obtain the title compound as a free base.

Alternative Route to Compound 1 (the Compound of the Invention): Step 1:

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00016

4-(Hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (1.1 eq.) was added to a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide in 1,4-dioxane/water (4:1). K2CO(2 eq.) and PdCl2dppf (0.03 eq.) were added to the solution. The resulting mixture was then heated in an oil bath at 90° C. for 16 h under N2. Water was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were dried over anhyd. MgSOand evaporated in vacuo. The resulting mixture was used without further purification.

Step 2:

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00017

To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (1.0 eq) in chloroform was slowly added phosphorus tribromide (1.0 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours, quenched with ice and water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over anhyd. MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The resulting white residue was triturated in dichloromethane/diethyl ether 2:1 to afford the expected product as a white solid.

Step 3:

Figure US20100331319A1-20101230-C00018

Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (1 eq) and DIPEA (2 eq) were dissolved in DCM/MeOH (5:1 v:v) under Nand thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide (1.1 eq) was added dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After this time, the reaction was complete. The solvent was evaporated. The compound was dissolved in DCM, washed with water and dried over anhyd. MgSO4. Organic layers were filtered and evaporated. The final compound was isolated by column chromatography using EtOAc to afford the desired product.

…………………….

PATENT

WO 2015117981

Novel salts and pharmaceutical compositions thereof for the treatment of inflammatory disorders

Also claims a method for preparing filgotinib hydrochloride trihydrate. The present filing forms a pair with this week’s filing, WO2015117980, claiming a tablet composition comprising filgotinib hydrochloride.

The compound cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(l,l-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl -amide (Compound 1), which has the chemical structure:

is disclosed in our earlier application WO 2010/149769 (Menet C. J., 2010) as being an inhibitor of JAK and as being useful in the treatment of inflammatory conditions, autoimmune diseases, proliferative diseases, allergy, transplant rejection, diseases involving impairment of cartilage turnover, congenital cartilage malformations, and/or diseases associated with hypersecretion of IL6 or interferons. Hereafter this compound is named Compound 1. The data presented in WO 2010/149769 demonstrate that despite similar in vitro activities, Compound 1 has unexpectedly high in vivo potency compared with structurally similar compounds.

Example 1. Preparation of Compound 1

1.1. Route 1

1.1.1. 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzyl]-thiomorpholine-l,l-dioxide

[00205] 2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolane (1 eq) and DIPEA (2 eq) are dissolved in DCM/MeOH (5:1 v:v) under N2 and thiomorpholine 1,1 -dioxide (2 eq) is added portionwise. The resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 16h. After this time, the reaction is complete. The solvent is evaporated. The compound is extracted with EtOAc and water, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous MgSO i. Organic layers are filtered and evaporated. The final compound is isolated without further purification.

1.1.2. Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide

1.1.2.1. Step i): l-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea

[00206] To a solution of 2-amino-6-bromopyridine (1) (253.8 g, 1.467 mol) in DCM (2.5 L) cooled to 5°C is added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (173.0 mL, 1.467 mol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction

mixture is then allowed to warm to room temp. (20 °C) and stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gives a solid which may be collected by filtration, thoroughly washed with petrol (3 x 600 niL) and air-dried to afford the desired product. The thiourea may be used as such for the next step without any purification. lH (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 12.03 (1H, br s), 8.81 (1H, d), 8.15 (1H, br s), 7.60 (1H, t), 7.32 (1H, dd), 4.31 (2H, q), 1.35 (3H, t).

1.1.2.2. Step ii): 5-Bromo-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

[00207] To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (101.8 g, 1.465 mol) in EtOH/MeOH (1 : 1, 900 mL) is added NN-diisopropylethylamine (145.3 mL, 0.879 mol) and the mixture is stirred at room temp. (20 °C) for 1 h. l-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (2) (89.0 g, 0.293 mol) is then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux (Note: bleach scrubber is required to quench H2S evolved). After 3h at reflux, the mixture is allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product is collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of H20 (250 mL) and filtration. The combined solids are washed successively with H20 (250 mL), EtOH/MeOH (1 : 1, 250 mL) and Et20 (250 mL) then dried in vacuo to afford the triazolopyridine derivative (3) as a solid. The compound may be used as such for the next step without any purification. lH (400 MHz, DMSO-i¼) δ 7.43-7.34 (2H, m, 2 x aromatic-H), 7.24 (1H, dd, J 6.8 and 1.8 Hz, aromatic-H), 6.30 (2H, br, NH2); m/z 213/215 (1 : 1, M+H+, 100%).

1.1.2.3. Step Hi): Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[l ,2,4]triazolo[l ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide

[00208] To a solution of the 2-amino-triazolopyridine obtained in the previous step (7.10 g, 33.3 mmol) in dry MeCN (150 mL) at 5°C is added Et3N (11.6 mL, 83.3 mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (83.3 mmol). The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred until all starting material is consumed. If required, further Et3N (4.64 mL, 33.3 mmol) and cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (33.3 mmol) is added to ensure complete reaction. Following solvent evaporation in vacuo the resultant residue is treated with 7 N methanolic ammonia solution (50 mL) and stirred at ambient temp, (for 1-16 h) to hydro lyse any bis-acylated product. Product isolation is made by removal of volatiles in vacuo followed by trituration with Et20 (50 mL). The solids are collected by filtration, washed with H20 (2x50mL), acetone (50 mL) and Et20 (50 mL), then dried in vacuo to give the desired compound.

1.1.3. Compound 1

[00209] 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l ,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzyl] hiomoφholine , l -dioxide (l . l eq.) is added to a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[l ,2,4]triazolo[l ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide in 1 ,4-dioxane/water (4: 1). K2CO3 (2 eq.) and PdC^dppf (0.03 eq.) are added to the solution. The resulting mixture is then heated in an oil bath at 90°C for 16h under N2. Water is added and the solution is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are dried over anhydrous MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo.

[00210] The final compound is obtained after purification by flash chromatography.

[00211] Alternatively, after completion of the reaction, a palladium scavenger such as 1 ,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, is added, the reaction mixture is allowed to cool down and a filtration is performed. The filter cake is reslurried in a suitable solvent (e.g. acetone), the solid is separated by filtration, washed with more acetone, and dried. The resulting solid is resuspended in water, aqueous HC1 is added, and after stirring at room temperature, the resulting solution is filtered on celite (Celpure P300). Aqueous NaOH is then added to the filtrate, and the resulting suspension is stirred at room temperature, the solid is separated by filtration, washed with water and dried by suction. Finally the cake is re-solubilised in a mixture of THF/H20, treated with a palladium scavenger (e.g. SMOPEX 234) at 50°C, the suspension is filtered, the organic solvents are removed by evaporation, and the resulting slurry is washed with water and methanol, dried and sieved, to obtain the desired compound as a free base.

1.2. Route 2

1.2.1. Step 1: cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-[l,2, 4]triazolo[l, 5- a] pyridin-2-yl] -amide

[00212] 4-(Hydroxymethyl)phenylboronic acid (l . l eq.) is added to a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[l ,2,4]triazolo[l ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide in 1 ,4-dioxane/water

(4:1). K2CO3 (2 eq.) and PdC^dppf (0.03 eq.) are added to the solution. The resulting mixture is then heated in an oil bath at 90°C for 16h under N2. Water is added and the solution is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are dried over anhydrous MgS04 and evaporated in vacuo. The resulting mixture is used without further purification.

1.2.2. Step 2: Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5- a Jpyridin-2-ylJ -amide

[00213] To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl] -amide (1.0 eq) in chloroform is slowly added phosphorus tribromide (1.0 eq.). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 20 h, quenched with ice and water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is dried over anhydrous MgSO i, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The resulting white residue is triturated in dichloromethane/diethyl ether 2:1 to afford the desired product.

1.2.3. Step 3:

[00214] Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-bromomethyl-phenyl)-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (l eq) and DIPEA (2 eq) are dissolved in DCM/MeOH (5: 1 v:v) under N2 and thiomorpho line 1,1-dioxide (1.1 eq) is added dropwise. The resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 16h. After this time, the reaction is complete. The solvent is evaporated. The compound is dissolved in DCM, washed with water and dried over anhydrous MgSO i. Organic layers are filtered and evaporated. The final compound is isolated by column chromatography using EtOAc to afford the desired product.

…………………

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2013189771A1?cl=en

Example 1. Synthesis of the compounds

1.1. Route 1

1.1.1. Synthesis of 5-Bromo-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (Intermediate 3)

Figure imgf000030_0001

led to 5 °C was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (173.0 mL, 1.467 mol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temp. (20 °C) and stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gave a solid which was collected by filtration, thoroughly washed with petrol (3×600 mL) and air-dried to afford (2). The thiourea was used as such in the next step without any purification.

[00157] lH (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 12.03 (IH, br s, NH), 8.81 (IH, d, J 7.8 Hz, H-3), 8.15 (IH, br s, NH), 7.60 (IH, t, J 8.0 Hz, H-4), 7.32 (IH, dd, J 7.7 and 0.6 Hz, H-5), 4.31 (2H, q, J 7.1 Hz, CH2), 1.35 (3H, t, J 7.1 Hz, CH3).

1.1.1.2. 5-Bromo-f 1,2, 4]triazolo[ 1 ,5-a] pyridin-2-ylamine (3)

[00158] To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (101.8 g, 1.465 mol) in EtOH/MeOH (1 : 1, 900 mL) was added NN-diisopropylethylamine (145.3 mL, 0.879 mol) and the mixture was stirred at room temp. (20 °C) for 1 h. l-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (2) (89.0 g, 0.293 mol) was then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux (Note: bleach scrubber was required to quench H2S evolved). After 3 h at reflux, the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of H20 (250 mL) and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with H20 (250 mL), EtOH/MeOH (1 : 1, 250 mL) and Et20 (250 mL) then dried in vacuo to afford the triazolopyridine derivative (3) as a solid. The compound was used as such in the next step without any purification.

[00159] lH (400 MHz, DMSO-i¼) δ 7.43-7.34 (2H, m, 2 x aromatic-H), 7.24 (1H, dd, J 6.8 and 1.8 Hz, aromatic-H), 6.30 (2H, br, NH2); m/z 213/215 (1 : 1, M+H+, 100%).

1.1.2. Synthesis of 4-[ 4-(4, 4, 5, 5-Tetramethyl-f 1, 3,2] ‘ dioxaborolan-2-yl) -benzyl] ‘- thiomor holine- 1, 1 -dioxide (Intermediate 4)

Figure imgf000031_0001

[00160] 2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolane (1 eq) and DIPEA (2 eq) were dissolved in DCM/MeOH (5:1 v:v) under N2 and thiomorpholine 1,1 -dioxide (2 eq) was added portion wise. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 16h. After this time, the reaction was complete. The solvent was evaporated. The compound was extracted with EtOAc and water, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous MgSO i. Organic layers were filtered and evaporated. The final compound was isolated without further purification.

1.1.3. Synthesis of 5-[4-(l, l-Dioxothiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5- a ridin-2-ylamine (Formula I)

Figure imgf000031_0002

[00161] 4-[4-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzyl]-thiomorpholine-l,l-dioxide (l .leq.) was added to a solution of 5-bromo-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyrid in-2-ylamine (4: 1). K2CO3 (2 eq.) and PdC^dppf (0.03 eq.) were added to the solution. The resulting mixture was then heated in an oil bath at 90°C for 16h under N2. Water was added and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSC>4 and evaporated in vacuo. The final compound was obtained after purification by flash chromatography.

[00162] lH (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.94-7.92 (d, 2H), 7.52-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.00 (d, 2H), 3.76 (d, 2H), 3.15-3.13 (m, 4H), 2.93-2.91 (m, 4H).

[00163] m/z 358.2 (M+H+, 100%). 1.2. Route 2

1.2.1. Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(l, l-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenylJ- [l,2,4]triazolo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (Formula II)

[00164] The compound according to Formula II may be synthesized according to the procedure described in WO 2010/149769.

1.2.2. Synthesis of 5-[4-(l, l-Dioxothiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-[l,2,4]triazolo[l,5- aJpyridin-2-ylamine (Formula I)

[00165] The compound according to Formula I can also be produced by hydrolysis of the compound accor ing to Formula II:

Figure imgf000032_0001

[00166] Hydrochloric acid 30% aq (12.06 kg; 3.9 rel. volumes) was added to a slurry of the compound according to Formula II (3.45 kg; 1.0 equiv.) in demineralized water (10.0 kg; 3.0 rel. volumes). Subsequently, a line rinse was performed with demineralized water (3.4 kg; 1.0 rel. volumes). The reaction mixture was heated to 80±5°C for 14.5 h. After completion of the reaction (conversion > 99%>), the reaction mixture was cooled to 20±5°C. The reaction mixture was diluted with demineralized water (6.8 kg; 2.0 rel. volumes) and sodium hydroxide 33%> aq (9.52 kg; 3.7 rel volumes) was dosed at such a rate that the temperature of the reactor contents remained below 35°C. An additional amount of sodium hydroxide 33%> aq (2.55 kg; 1.0 rel. volumes) was needed to get the pH > 10. The product was filtered off, washed twice with demineralized water (1.5 rel. volumes) and dried under vacuum for 1 h, thus yielding the crude compound according to Formula I.

[00167] The crude compound according to Formula I (5.70 kg) was re-slurried in demineralized water (23.0 kg; 8.5 rel. volumes). Hydrochloric acid 30%> aq (1.65 kg; 0.7 rel. volumes) and demineralized water (4.3 kg; 1.6 rel. volumes) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20±5°C for 45 min. As the compound according to Formula I was not dissolved completely, the reaction mixture was stirred at 45±5°C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the residue was washed with demineralized water (2.0 kg 0.75 rel. volumes). Sodium hydroxide 33%> aq (1.12 kg; 0.6 rel volumes) was added to the filtrate. An additional amount of sodium hydroxide 33%> aq (1.01 kg) was needed to get the pH > 10. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 20±5°C for about 3 h. The product was filtered off, washed twice with demineralized water (4.1 kg; 1.5 rel. volumes), and twice with methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE; 3.0 kg; 1.5 rel. volumes) and dried under vacuum for 15.5 h on the filter. The product was further dried in a vacuum oven at 40±5°C for 202 h, thus affording the desired compound according to Formula I.

Update

WO-2016179207

Scheme 1: General S nthesis of Compounds of Formula I or A

Formula A

Scheme 7.

(16) (17) (18)

(18a): R3a=R3b=R2a=R (18b): R3a=R3b=D; R2a 18c): R3a=R3b=H; R2a

References

  1.  Namour, Florence; Diderichsen, Paul Matthias; Cox, Eugène; Vayssière, Béatrice; Van der Aa, Annegret; Tasset, Chantal; Van’t Klooster, Gerben (2015-02-14). “Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Modeling of Filgotinib (GLPG0634), a Selective JAK1 Inhibitor, in Support of Phase IIB Dose Selection”. Clin Pharmacokinet. Epub ahead of print.doi:10.1007/s40262-015-0240-z.
  2.  Van Rompaey, L; Galien, R; Van der Aar, E; Clement-Lacroix, P; Van der Aar, E; Nelles, L; Smets, B; Lepescheux, L; Cristophe, T; Conrath, K; Vandeghinste, N; Vayssiere, B; De Vos, S; Fletcher, S; Brys, R; Van’t Klooster, G; Feyen, J; Menet, C (2013-10-01). “Preclinical characterization of GLPG0634, a selective inhibitor of JAK1 for the treatment of inflammatory diseases”. J Immunol. 191(7). doi:10.4049/jimmunol.1201348.
  3.  http://acrabstracts.org/abstracts/phase-1-and-phase-2-data-confirm-that-glpg0634-a-selective-jak1-inhibitor-has-a-low-potential-for-drug-drug-interactions/
  4.  “Galapagos’ GLPG0634 shows excellent efficacy and safety in rheumatoid arthritis Phase II study” (PDF) (Press release). Retrieved 2015-02-26.
  5.  “Galapagos reports that the last patient in DARWIN 1 has completed 12 weeks of treatment” (PDF) (Press release). Retrieved 2015-02-26.
  6.  “Galapagos completes recruitment for Darwin 1 study with GLPG0634 (filgotinib) in RA”EuroInvestor. Retrieved 2015-02-26.
  7.  NASDAQ OMX Corporate Solutions. “Galapagos completes recruitment for Darwin 2 monotherapy study with GLPG0634 (filgotinib) in RA”Yahoo Finance. Retrieved 2015-02-26.
US8551980 Nov 17, 2010 Oct 8, 2013 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines
US8796457 Jun 25, 2010 Aug 5, 2014 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
Filgotinib
Filgotinib.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
N-[5-[4-[(1,1-dioxo-1,4-thiazinan-4-yl)methyl]phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide
Clinical data
Routes of
administration
Oral
Pharmacokinetic data
Biological half-life 6 hours[1]
Identifiers
CAS Registry Number 1206161-97-8 Yes
ATC code L01XE18
IUPHAR/BPS 7913
ChemSpider 28189566 Yes
UNII 3XVL385Q0M Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL3301607 
Chemical data
Formula C21H23N5O3S
Molecular mass 425.50402 g/mol
Patent Submitted Granted
Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases [US8088764] 2010-12-30 2012-01-03
NOVEL COMPOUNDS USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF DEGENERATIVE AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES [US2011190260] 2011-08-04

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter

Join me on google plus Googleplus

Join me on Researchgate

Anthony Melvin Crasto Dr.

 amcrasto@gmail.com

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON

He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से

जिंदगी चल जाये।

औकात बस इतनी देना,

कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

Read all about Organic Spectroscopy on ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY INTERNATIONAL  

/////////Galapagos,  GLPG0634, Filgotinib, PHASE 2, orphan drug designation, PHASE 3,  Crohn’s disease, Rheumatoid arthritis, Ulceraticolitis

ve SMILES code: O=C(C1CC1)NC2=NN3C(C4=CC=C(CN5CCS(CC5)(=O)=O)C=C4)=CC=CC3=N2

SD-809, Deutetrabenazine


SD-809,  Deutetrabenazine

  • Tetrabenazine-d6

(3RS,11Brs)-9,10-di((2H3)methoxy)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2H-benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one

2H-​Benzo[a]​quinolizin-​2-​one, 1,​3,​4,​6,​7,​11b-​hexahydro-​9,​10-​di(methoxy-​d3)​-​3-​(2-​methylpropyl)​-​, (3R,​11bR)​-​rel

2H-Benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one, 1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-9,10-di(methoxy-d3)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-, (3R,11bR)-rel-

2H-Benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one, 1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-9,10-di(methoxy-d3)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-, (3R,11bR)-rel-

(RR,SS)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-Hexahydro-9,10-di(methoxy-d3)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-benzo[a]quinolizin-2-one

(3RS,11Brs)-9,10-di((2H3)methoxy)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2H-benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one
Treatment of Chorea Associated with Huntington Disease

MF C19-H21-D6-N-O3

  • C19-H27-N-O3
Molecular Weight, 323.4629
CAS 1392826-25-3
UNII P341G6W9NB
Chemistry Review(s) (PDF) fda approved 2017

Deutetrabenazine

TEVA

Deutetrabenazine.svg

Image result for deutetrabenazineImage result for deutetrabenazineImage result for deutetrabenazine

LINK……………https://newdrugapprovals.org/2015/08/15/sd-809-deutetrabenazine-nda-submitted-by-teva/

Austedo FDA 4/3/2017 For the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington’s disease
Drug Trials Snapshot   Chemistry Review(s) (PDF)

STR1STR2str3


SD-809 was granted Orphan Drug Designation for the treatment of HD by the FDA in November 2014 and became part of Teva’s CNS portfolio with the acquisition of Auspex Pharmaceuticals in May 2015.

Teva announced that the New Drug Application (NDA) for SD-809 (deutetrabenazine) has been accepted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington disease (HD), a rare and fatal neurodegenerative disorder caused by the progressive breakdown of nerve cells in the brain that affects about five to seven people per 100,000 in western countries, according to the World Health Organization.

(3RS,11Brs)-9,10-di((2H3)methoxy)-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2H-benzo(a)quinolizin-2-one.png

…………………….

Patent for preparing tetrabenazine

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2012081031A1?cl=en

Chemically tetrabenazine is cis rac -1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 1 lb-hexahydro-9, 10-dimethoxy-3-(2- methylpropyl)-2Hbenzo[a]quinolizin-2-one and it is represented by compound of structural formula I.

Formula 1

The proprietary name of tetrabenazine is Xenazine and is marketed by Biovail Americas. Xenazine is indicated for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington’s disease. U.S. patent no. 2,830,993 discloses a process for the preparation of tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I wherein 1 -carbethoxymethyl-6, 7-dimethoxy-l , 2, 3, 4- tetrahydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula IV is being reacted with mono- isobutylmalonic acid dimethyl ester compound of structural formula V and paraformaldehyde in methanol solvent to get l-carbethoxymethyl-2 (2, 2-dicarbomethoxy-4-methyl-n-pentyl)-6, 7- dimethoxy-1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VI. The 1- carbethoxymethyl-2(2,2-dicarbomethoxy-4-methyl-n-pentyl)-6,7-dimethoxy-l ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VI is subjected to Dieckmann cyclization , hydrolysis and decarboxylation to get tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I, which is recrystallized from di-isopropyl ether solvent.

Formula I

Scheme I

U. S. patent no. 4,678,792 discloses a process for the preparation of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4- dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII wherein 2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)- ethylamine compound of structural formula II is being reacted with chloral hydrate at 120°C to get N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula III. The N- formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula III is further reacted with polyphosphoric acid to get 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII. The 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII is being used as an intermediate for the preparation of tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I.

Formula III

Formula II

Polyphosphoric acid

Formula VII

Scheme II

Bull. Korean Chem. Soc. 2002 Volume (23). No. l , page no. 149 discloses N-formylation of various amines and alcohols with formic acid in toluene.

U.S. patent publication no. 2010/0130480 discloses a process for the preparation of 6, 7- dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII by reacting 2-(3, 4- dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula II with hexamethylenetetramine in presence of acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid.

Hexamethylenetetramine

Formula II Formula VII

U.S. patent publication no. 2008/0167337 discloses a process for the preparation of tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I wherein 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII is reacted with 3-dimethylaminomethyl-5-methyl-hexan-2-one methiodide compound of structural formula VIII to get crude tetrabenazine compound. The crude tetrabenazine compound was purified by employing flash column chromatography technique and

Formula VIII Formula I

The prior-art processes for preparing N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine compound of structural formula III produces below mentioned compound of structural formula XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI and XXII as a by-product of the reaction due to the demethylation and formylation of resulting hydroxy compounds.

Formula XX Formula XXI Formula XXII

The compounds of structural formula XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI and XXII are being carry- forwarded into the further steps of reactions of preparing tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I and therefore there is a need in the art to develop an improved process of preparing 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII, which obviates the prior-art problems. Accordingly there is provided a process of preparing tetrabenazine compound of structural formula I wherein 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline compound of structural formula VII is being formed without the formation of above mentioned compounds of structural formula XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI and XXII.

EXAMPLE: PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL PURE CRYSTALLINE FORM A OF TETRABENAZINE

Stage A: Process for the preparation of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoIine

Step 1 : Process for the preparation of N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine

A solution of 2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine (500gm) in toluene (2000ml) was added formic acid (150gm) at 25°C, the resulting reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (500ml) and heated up to 45°C. The reaction mixture was maintained at 40-45°C for 5 hours and then the resulting reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at 50°C to get the title compound

Yield: 570gm

Purity: 99.98% (By HPLC)

Step 2: Process for the preparation of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline

A solution of N-formyl-2-(3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl)-ethylamine (250gm) obtained from step 1 in toluene (500ml) and polyphosphoric acid (50gm) was heated at 110°C for 5 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled to 50°C, quenched with water (500ml) and pH of the resulting solution was adjusted to about 8.3 with aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide [sodium hydroxide (690gm) + water (690ml)]. The resulting reaction mass was extracted by ethyl acetate (2 1250ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate (50gm) and concentrated under reduced pressure to get 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline (190gm).

Yield: 215gm

Purity: 99.67% (By HPLC)

Stage B: Process for the preparation of 3-((dimethylamino) methyi)-5-methylhexan-2-one methiodide

Step 1 : Process for the preparation of 3-((dimethylamino) methyl)-5-methylhexan-2-one Dimethylamine hydrochloride (180gm) and paraformaldehyde (lOOgm) were added to a solution of 5-methylhexan-2-one (900ml) in methanol (1600ml). The resulting reaction mass was heated at reflux for 12 hours, and then the pH was adjusted to about 8.75 with aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide [sodium hydroxide(90gm) + water (900ml)] at 25 °C. The resulting reaction solution was extracted by toluene (2x1234ml). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate (50gm) and concentrated under reduced pressure to get title compound.

Yield: 900gm

Purity: 99.80% (By HPLC)

Step 2: Process for the preparation of 3-((dimethylamino) methyl)-5-methylhexan-2-one methiodide

Methyl iodide (323gm) was added dropwise to a solution of 3-((dimethylamino) methyl)-5- methylhexan-2-one (195gm) obtained from step 1 , in ethyl acetate (1650ml) at 25-30°C in 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 hours and then the resulting solids were filtered, washed with water (200ml) and suck-dried to get wet compound (400gm). The wet compound was slurried with water (1000ml) at 25°C for 1 hour and then it was again filtered, washed with water (200ml) and dried at 45-50°C to get title compound

Yield: 300gm

Purity: 99.86% (By HPLC)

Stage C: Preparation of substantial pure crystalline form A of Tetrabenazine

3-((Dimethylamino) methyl)-5-methylhexan-2-one methiodide (80gm) was added to the solution of 6, 7-dimethoxy-3, 4-dihydroisoquinoline (40gm) in isopropanol (288ml) at 25°C and the resulting reaction mass was heated at 40-45°C for 15 hours. The resulting insoluble material was filtered, washed with isopropanol (80ml) and filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure up to the 150ml reaction volume. The reaction solution was diluted with methylene dichloride (1200ml) and water (1000ml) and pH was adjusted to 8.5 with sodium hydroxide solution [10%, 100ml]. The organic layer was separated, washed with water (3 x 1000ml) and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain residue. The residue was dissolved in methanol (300ml) at 50°C, and resulting solution was treated with an activated carbon (20gm) at 50-60°C for 30minutes and then it was filtered and filtrate was further stirred at 20-25°C for 2 hours. The resulting solids were filtered, washed with methanol (150ml), dried at 50-55°C for 8 hours. The resulting solids were milled, sifted through 40 mesh sieve and micronized.

Yield: 65gm

Purity: 99.96% (By HPLC)

………………………

PAPER

Org. Lett., 2011, 13 (24), pp 6500–6503
DOI: 10.1021/ol202792q
Abstract Image

A concise synthesis of tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine is described. The key feature of this synthesis is the intramolecular aza-Prins-type cyclization of an amino allylsilane via oxidative C–H activation.

T1 T2 T3 T4

http://www.hgxb.com.cn/EN/abstract/abstract12047.shtml

……………
PAPER

 

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3126153/

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc. Object name is nihms279693f2.jpg

The TBZ (4) for these reactions was prepared by reacting 3,4-dihydro-6,7-dimethoxyisoquinoline (3) and the Mannich base (2) as shown in Scheme 1.14 The α,β-unsaturated TBZ (5), which was the original substrate, was obtained by further treatment with chloranil in refluxing benzene.

Tetrabenazine (4a)

To a solution of 3,4-dihydro-6,7-dimethoxyisoquinoline hydrochloride (3, 3.5 g, 15.4 mmol) in cold H2O (20 mL) in an ice water bath, was added 3-(dimethylaminomethyl)-5-methyl-2-hexanone (2, 3.15 g, 18.3 mmol) as the free base with stirring. Precipitate formed within 3 h, and stirring was continued until the solid-gummy precipitate prevented stirring. The mixture was allowed to stand at RT (room temperature) for 3 days. The solid–gum mixture was filtered, and the yellow solid–gum mixture was dissolved in hot MeOH. The solution was chilled at −10°C for 18 h. The pale yellow solid was filtered to give 2.1 g (43%) of TBZ (4a).
TLC: Rf = 0.62; silica gel; 4% MeOH/96% CH2Cl2.
MS: (DCl-NH3) m/z 318 (M+H).
UV: (EtOH) λmax 282.0 nm (ε4431).
1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.61 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.51 (br dd, 1H), 3.29 (dd, 1H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.90 (dd, 1H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.57 (m, 2H), 2.35 (t, 1H), 1.81 (ddd, 1H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.04 (ddd, 1H), 0.92 (d, 3H), 0.89 (d, 3H) ppm.
13C NMR: (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ 210.00, 147.86, 147.54, 128.60, 126.11, 111.53, 107.94, 62.48, 61.52, 56.01, 55.92, 50.58, 47.62, 47.57, 36.09, 29.38, 25.44, 23.21, 22.11 ppm.
EA: Anal. Calc for C19H17NO3: C, 71.89; H, 8.57; N, 4.41. Found C, 72.15; H, 8.69; N, 4.47.
HPLC: Brownlee 25 cm × 4.6 mm silica gel column; 30% isopropanol/70% hexane; 1 mL/min; ret. time 5.94 min; purity >99.5%.

…………….

http://www.google.ga/patents/WO2008154243A1?cl=en

Example 10 Removal The Boc Protecting Group From First Intermediate 12 And Amino Cyclization Provide (+)-Tetrabenazine XVII

[0063] First intermediate 12 (1.0 eq) was dissolved in 10% Me2S- dichloromethane to provide an 82 mM solution. The solution was cooled to 0 0C and triisopropylsilane (1.1 eq.) followed by TFA (precooled to 0 0C) was added to the reaction mixture to provide a final concentration of 41 mM. The reaction mixture was permitted to stir at 0 0C for 1 h. Following the allotted time the reaction mixture was quenched at 0 0C by the addition of saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution and concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the majority of the dimethylsulfide. The mixture was extracted with five portions of dichloromethane, and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude product as a yellow solid. The crude product was recrystallized from 3.5% dimethoxyethane in hexanes. The resulting colorless crystals were washed with hexanes to provide pure (+)- tetrabenazine (XVII) 46%: mp 126.0 0C (3.5% DME-hexanes) (a crystal polymorph was observed at 116 0C); [α]26 D +37.2 (c 0.41, CH2Cl2); 1H NMR (CD2Cl2) δ 0.89 (apparent t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H), 0.98 (ddd, J = 12, 6.0, 4.0 Hz, IH), 1.59-1.68 (m, IH), 1.74 (ddd, J = 12, 5.9, 5.7 Hz, IH), 2.32 (apparent t, J = 11.7 Hz, IH), 2.46 (apparent t, J = 12.3 Hz, IH), 2.55 (ddd, J = 12, 10.0, 3.8 Hz, IH), 2.65-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.83 (dd, J = 5.5, 2.8Hz, IH), 2.97-3.07 (m, IH), 3.07-3.14 (m, IH), 3.25 (dd, J =9.7, 6.3 Hz, IH), 3.47 (apparent d, J = 12Hz, IH), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 6.55 (s, IH), 6.60 (s, IH) 13C NMR (CD2Cl2) δ 21.98, 23.02, 25.51, 29.46, 35.16, 47.47, 47.63, 50.47, 55.87, 56.01, 61.47, 62.46, 108.46, 111.72, 126.37, 128.96, 147.65, 147.98, 209.72; HRMS-(ESI+) calcd for (C19H27NO3 + H) ([M+H]+ 318.2069, found 318.2082.

…………….

US 20150152099

d1 d2 d3

………….

WO 2015077520

NBI-98854 (CAS # 1025504-59-9), (S)-(2R,3R,l lbR)-3-isobutyl-9,10-dimethoxy-2,3,4,6,7,1 lb-hexahydro-lH-pyrido[2,l-a]isoquinolin-2-yl 2-amino-3-methylbutanoate, is a VMAT2 inhibitor. NBI-98854 is currently under investigation for the treatment of movement disorders including tardive dyskinesia. WO 2008058261; WO 2011153157; and US 8,039,627. NBI-98854, a valine ester of (+)-a-dihydrotetrabenazine, in humans is slowly hydrolyzed to (+)-a-dihydrotetrabenazine which is an active metabolite of tetrabenazine.

NBI-98854

 

EXAMPLE 1

D6-(±)-3-Isobutyl-9,10-dimethoxy-3,4,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrido[2,l-a]isoquinolin-2(l lbH)-one ((±)-Tetrabenazine-<d6)

Step 1

[0193] Jgrt-butyl 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylcarbamate : A solution of dopamine

hydrochloride (209 g, 1.11 mol, 1.00 equiv), sodium carbonate (231 g, 2.75 mol, 2.50 equiv) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (263 g, 1.21 mol, 1.10) in 2.4 L tetrahydrofuran / water (5: 1) was stirred at 20°C for 2.5 h. After the starting material was consumed completedly, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (2 L) and washed with water (2×600 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure until two volumes of solvent was left. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 254 g (91%) of ieri-butyl 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylcarbamate as white solid. Ή-ΝΜΪ (300 MHz, CDC13) 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.62 (m, 1H), 6.51 (m, 1H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 1H). LC-MS: m /z = 254 (MH) +.

Step 2

[0194] D6-fert-butyl 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylcarbamate: A solution of ieri-butyl 3,4-dihydroxyphenethylcarbamate (127 g, 397 mmol, 1.00 equiv), potassium carbonate (359.3 g, 2.604 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and 18-crown-6 (1,4,7,10,13,16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane ) (68.64 g, 0.26 mmol, 0.03 equiv) in acetone (800 mL) was stirred at 38°C. After 30 min., CD3I (362 g, 2.604 mmol, 3.00 equiv) was added to the reaction, and the mixture was stirred at 38°C for 12 h. Then an additional CD3I (120 g, 0.868 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added to the solution and the solution was stirred for 5 h. Then the mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solid was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resultant solid was dissolved in H2O (300 mL) and extracted with EA (3×300 mL), the organic layers was combined and concentrated under vacuum to give 114 g (79%) of de-tert-butyl 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylcarbamate as white

solid. ^-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) <Π.39 (m, 5H), 6.82 (m, 1H), 6.73 (m, 2H), 5.12 (s, 1H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 2.77 (m, 2H). LC-MS: m /z = 288 (MH) +.

Step 3

[0195] D6-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanamine: A solution of de-tert-butyl 3,4-dimethoxyphenethylcarbamate (128 g, 455.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ethyl acetate (1.5 L) was stirred at room temperature. Then HC1 gas was introduced into the reaction mixture for 2h. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration. The solid was dissolved in 300 mL of water. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 12 with sodium hydroxide (solid). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at 5-10°C. The resulting solution was extracted with 6×800 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to give 64 g (78%) of d6-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanamine as yellow oil.

^-NMR (300 MHz, CDC ) 6.77 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 2H). LC-MS: m /z = 182 (MH) +.

Step 4

[0196] D6-N-r2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)ethyllformamide: A solution of d6-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanamine (69 g, 368 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ethyl formate(250 mL) was heated under reflux overnight. The solution was concentrated under vacuum to give 71 g (91%) of d6-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)ethyl]formamide as yellow solid. The crude solid was used in next step without purification. ^-NMR (300 MHz, CDCb) £8.17 (s, 1H), 6.81 (m, 3H), 5.53 (br, 1H).3.59 (m, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H, / = 6.9 Hz). LC-MS: m /z = 216 (MH) +.

Step 5

[0197] D6-6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihvdroisoguinoline: A solution of d6-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)ethyl]formamide (71 g, 329 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in phosphorus oxychloride (100 mL) was stirred at 105°C for 1 h. Then the solution was concentrated under vacuum to remove

phosphorus oxychloride. The residual oil was dissolved in ice / water. The solution was made basic with potassium carbonate with cooling. The basic aqueous solution was extracted with dichloromethane. The collected organic phase was dried using sodium sulfate and then filtered. The dichloromethane was removed by concentration under vacuum to give an orange oil.

Purification by silica gel (ethyl acetate:petroleum ether = 1: 1 ~ ethyl acetate) to give 43 g (66%) of d6-6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline as orange solid (yield 66%). Ή-ΝΜΡ (300 MHz, CDC13) 8.24 (s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 2.69 (t, 2H, J = 12 Hz). LC-MS: m /z = 198 (MH) +.

Step 6

[0198] Trimethyl(5-methylhex-2-en-2-yloxy)silane: To a cold (-78°C), stirred solution of j-PrMgBr (500 mL of 2 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 1 mol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1 L) was added Cul (19.02 g, 0.1 mol, 0.10 equiv) and the resultant mixture was stirred for 15 min at -78°C. Anhydrous hexamethylphosphorous triamide (358.4 g, 2 mmol, 2 equiv) was added and after 20 min, a solution of methyl vinyl ketone (70 g, 0.1 mol, 1.00 equiv), trimethylsilyl chloride (217 g, 0.2 mol, 2.00 equiv), in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min. After the reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for lh, triethylamine (20.2g, 200 mmol, 2.00 equiv) was added and the resulting mixture stirred for 10 min at 0 °C. To this was added ie/ -butyl methyl ether (2 L), and the solution was washed with 5% ammonia solution (6×300 mL). Then the organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum at 25°C to give 155 g crude product as yellow liquid. The liquid was purified by distilling (64-68°C/40 mmHg) to provide 118 g (63.3%) of trimethyl(5-methylhex-2-en-2-

yloxy)silane (E:Z = 56 : 44) as a colorless oil. XH-NMR (300 MHz, J6-DMSO) 4.58 (m, 0.56H), 4.43 (m, 0.44H), 1.73 (s, 1.69H), 1.66 (s, 1.32H), 1.53 (m, 1H), 0.84 (m, 6 H), 0.15(m, 9H).

Step 7

[0199] 3-r(Dimethylamino)methyl1-5-methylhexan-2-one: To a stirred solution of trimethyl(5-methylhex-2-en-2-yloxy)silane (118 g, 633 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous acetonitrile (800 mL) was added N-methyl-N-methylenemethanaminium iodide (128.8 g, 696.3 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in several batches and the resultant mixture was stirred at 20°C overnight. Then the solution was concentrated under vacuum to remove the solvent. The residue was dissolved in 400 mL 1 N HC1 (aq.) and extracted with ieri-butyl methyl ether. Then the water phase was basiced with 2 N aq. NaOH and extracted with ie/ -butyl methyl ether. The organic phase was dried and concentrated under vacuum. The liquid was purified by distilling (80°C/0.5 mmHg) to provide 50 g (46%) of 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-5-methylhexan-2-one as a colorless oil. XH-NMR (300 MHz, J6-DMSO) £0.92 (d, 3H), 0.98 (d, 3H), 1.11-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.38 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.70 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 3.01 (s, 9H), 3.10-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.88 (m, 1H).

Step 8

[0200] 2-Acetyl-N,N V,4-tetramethylpentan-l-aminium iodide: A solution of 3-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-5-methylhexan-2-one (50 g, 15.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and methyl iodide (4.26 g, 30.00 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in 50 mL diethyl ether was stirred overnight at room temperature. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 79 g (86%) of 2-acetyl-N,N,N,4-tetramethylpentan-l-aminium iodide as white solid. XH-NMR (300 MHz, Je-DMSO) 0.89-0.98 (m, 6H), 1.11-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.66 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 3.01(s, 9H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, 1H).

Step 9

[0201] Ρό- (±) -tetrabenazine : A solution of d6-6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline (33.4 g, 169 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and 2-acetyl-N,N,N,4-tetramethylpentan-l-aminium iodide (48 g, 153 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 300ml of methanol was heated under reflux for 48 h. Then 150 mL water was added. The solution was cooled to room temperature. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 38 g of crude d6-tetrabenazine as yellow solid. The crude tetrabenazine was dissolved in ieri-butyl methyl ether (15 volumes), the mixture was heated until the solid was almost dissolved. The yellow solid which was unsolvable was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum until 2 volumes ieri-butyl methyl ether was left. The solid was filtered and collected. The above solid was dissolved in ethanol (4 volumes), then the mixture was heated until the solid was dissolved. The solution was stirred and cooled to room temperature at the rate of 20°C/h. Then the mixture was stirred at 0°C for lh. The precipitated solid was isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 25 g (50.4%) of tetrabenazine-<d6 as white solid.

^-NMR (300 MHz, CD2C12) £6.61 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.50 (d, 1H, / = 12 Hz), 3.27 (dd, 1H, / = 11.4Hz, / = 6.3 Hz), 3.11 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, 1H, / = 10.5 Hz, / = 3 Hz), 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 2H), 2.31 (t, 1H, J = 12 Hz), 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 0.98 (m, 1H), 0.89 (m, 6H).

LC-MS: m /z = 324 (MH) +.

………………

NMR PREDICT

C1

D2

D3

Watch out will be updated……………….

Rob Koremans, MD, President and CEO of Global Specialty Medicines at Teva.

Michael Hayden, M.D., Ph.D., President of Global R&D and Chief Scientific Officer at Teva

 

 

WO2009070552A1 * 25 nov. 2008 4 juin 2009 Gen Electric Alpha-fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probes
WO2012000308A1 * 27 juin 2011 5 janv. 2012 China Pharmaceutical University A method for resolution of tetrabenazine
WO2012081031A1 * 11 avr. 2011 21 juin 2012 Enaltec Labs Pvt. Ltd. Process for preparing tetrabenazine
WO2013041621A1 * 20 sept. 2012 28 mars 2013 Basf Se Low molecular weight modulators of the cold-menthol receptor trpm8 and use thereof
WO2015048370A1 * 26 sept. 2014 2 avr. 2015 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzoquinolone inhibitors of vmat2
US7897769 25 oct. 2007 1 mars 2011 General Electric Company Intermediates for fluorinated dihydrotetrabenazine ether imaging agents and probes
US7897770 25 oct. 2007 1 mars 2011 General Electric Company Fluorinated dihydrotetrabenazine ether imaging agents and probes
US7902364 29 nov. 2007 8 mars 2011 General Electric Company Alpha-fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probes
US7910738 29 nov. 2007 22 mars 2011 General Electric Company Intermediates for alpha-fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine and dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probes
US7919622 7 déc. 2007 5 avr. 2011 Kande Kankanamalage Dayarathna Amarasinghe Intermediates for fluorinated tetrabenazine carbinol compounds imaging agents and probes
US8013161 7 déc. 2007 6 sept. 2011 General Electric Company Fluoroalkyl tetrabenazine carbinol compounds as imaging agents and probes
US8053578 16 juil. 2008 8 nov. 2011 General Electric Company Alpha-fluoroalkyl dihydrotetrabenazine imaging agents and probe

 

WO2007017654A1 4 août 2006 15 févr. 2007 Cambridge Lab Ireland Ltd 3, hb cis dihydrotetrabanezine for the treatment of schizophrenia and other psychoses
US3132147 * 15 juin 1962 5 mai 1964 Titre non disponible
US4193998 * 14 juin 1978 18 mars 1980 Chinoin Gyogyszer Es Vegyeszeti Termekek Gyara Rt 1,2,3,4,6,7-Hexahydro-11BαH-benzo[a]quinolizine-derivatives
US4686226 * 3 sept. 1985 11 août 1987 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted benzo[b]furo- and benzo[b]thieno quinolizines
US5118690 * 21 oct. 1991 2 juin 1992 John Wyeth & Brother Limited Pharmaceutical tetrahydroisoquinolines
US5272270 * 12 août 1991 21 déc. 1993 Consortium Fur Elektrochemische Industrie Gmbh Process for the preparation of 1-alkylisoquinoline derivatives
US5278308 * 28 févr. 1992 11 janv. 1994 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Iodine derivatives of tetrabenazine
US20020055637 * 21 déc. 2001 9 mai 2002 Song Liu Methods for synthesis of amino-tetrahydroisoquinoline-carboxylic acids
US20040082647 * 21 avr. 2003 29 avr. 2004 G.D. Searle, Llc Method for the preparation of tetrahydrobenzothiepines
Cited Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO1994000460A1 * Jun 23, 1993 Jan 6, 1994 Univ California SYNTHESIS OF N-FORMYL-3,4-DI-t-BUTOXYCARBONYLOXY-6-(TRIMETHYLSTANNYL)-L-PHENYLALANINE ETHYL ESTER AND ITS REGIOSELECTIVE RADIOFLUORODESTANNYLATION TO 6-[18F]FLUORO-L-DOPA
WO2008058261A1 * Nov 8, 2007 May 15, 2008 Neurocrine Biosciences Inc Substituted 3-isobutyl-9, 10-dimethoxy-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2h-pyrido[2,1-a] isoquinolin-2-ol compounds and methods relating thereto
WO2008154243A1 * Jun 4, 2008 Dec 18, 2008 Gen Electric Method for making tetrabenazine compounds
WO2010044981A2 * Sep 18, 2009 Apr 22, 2010 Auspex Pharmaceutical ,Inc. Benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
EP0154842A2 * Feb 16, 1985 Sep 18, 1985 Dr. Karl Thomae GmbH Medicament containing quaternary 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline salts
US2830993 May 18, 1956 Apr 15, 1958 Quinolizine derivatives
US4678792 Feb 28, 1985 Jul 7, 1987 Dr. Karl Thomae Gmbh Quaternary 3,4-dihydro-isoquinolinium salts
US20080167337 Nov 8, 2007 Jul 10, 2008 Gano Kyle W Substituted 3-isobutyl-9,10-dimethoxy-1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-2h-pyrido[2,1-a]isoquinolin-2-ol compounds and methods relating thereto
US20100130480 Sep 18, 2009 May 27, 2010 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
1 * BROSSI, A. ET AL: “Synthesis in the emetine series. I. 2-Oxohydrobenzo[a]quinolizines“, HELVETICA CHIMICA ACTA, vol. 41, 1958, pages 119-139, XP002659731,
2 BULL. KOREAN CHEM. SOC. vol. 23, no. 1, 2002, page 149
3 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; AL-HIARI, YUSUF M. ET AL: “Synthesis of 1-benzyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, Part I: Grignard synthesis of 1-(substituted benzyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline models with potential antibacterial activity“, XP002659739, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2009:467462
4 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; DE LUCA, LIDIA ET AL: “A new, simple procedure for the synthesis of formyl amides“, XP002659734, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2004:1062632
5 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; DOMINGUEZ, ESTHER ET AL: “Solvent effect on the Bischler-Napieralski reaction. Synthesis of 3-aryl-3,4-dihydroisoquinolines“, XP002659736, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 99:158206
6 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; FALCK, J. R. ET AL: “Oxazoline chemistry. Preparation of isoquinolines and 2,2′-bisoxazolines“, XP002659744, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1981:497646
7 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; FUKUDA, TSUTOMU ET AL: “Synthesis of both enantiomers of protoberberines via laterally lithiated (S)-4-isopropyl-2-(o-tolyl)oxazolines“, XP002659742, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2008:192807
8 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; JAHANGIR ET AL: “Aza analogs of protoberberine and phthalideisoquinoline alkaloids“, XP002659741, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1986:572799
9 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; MENENDEZ, J. C. ET AL: “Synthesis and antibacterial activity of some 1-thia-4,8-diazaspiro[4.5]decan-3-ones, thiazolo[2,3-a]isoquinolin-3-ones and 1,3-thiazino[2,3-a]isoquinolin-4-ones“, XP002659740, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1989:114772
10 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; NARASIMHAN, N. S. ET AL: “Unusual products in Bischler-Napieralski reaction“, XP002659743, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1981:46871
11 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; REIMANN, EBERHARD ET AL: “Protoberberines from Reissert-Compounds. Part IX [1]. An Alternative Approach to Dibenzoquinolizine- and Isoquinonaphthyridin-13a-carboxylic Acids, a Novel Synthesis of Alangimarine“, XP002659738, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 143:267131
12 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; SHAFIK, RAGAB M. ET AL: “.alpha.-Phenyl-.beta.-(3,4-dimethoxy)phen ethylamines: novel inhibitors of choline acetyltransferase from Torpedo electric organ“, XP002659735, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1985:61873
13 * DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; WANG, CHENG-XUE ET AL: “Synthesis of rutaecarpine and quinazolone compounds“, XP002659737, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 2009:92700
14 * RISHEL, MICHAEL J. ET AL: “Asymmetric Synthesis of Tetrabenazine and Dihydrotetrabenazine“, JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 74, no. 10, 2009, pages 4001-4004, XP002659732,
15 * SCHWARTZ, D. E. ET AL: “Metabolic studies of tetrabenazine, a psychotropic drug in animals and man“, BIOCHEMICAL PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 15, no. 5, 1966, pages 645-655, XP002659733,

 

update on 2018

Novel Process for Preparation of Tetrabenazine and Deutetrabenazine

Lupin Research ParkLupin Limited46 & 47A, Village Nande, Taluka Mulshi, Pune-412115, Maharashtra, India
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.8b00011

Abstract

Abstract Image

A novel process for the synthesis of tetrabenazine (1) and deutetrabenazine (2), two well-known drugs used for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington’s disease, has been developed. All of the reaction parameters were optimized through a series of reactions and by using Design of Experiment techniques. The newly developed methods are industrially scalable and employ cheap, commercially available raw materials and hence are highly efficient. The added advantage is that the developed processes evade the use of genotoxic alkylating agents and therefore could be considered as safe and viable alternatives to the existing methods.

Tetrabenazine (1) was invented by Hoffmann-La-Roche (Nutley, NJ, USA). It was also known as Ro 1-9569, Nitoman, and Xenazine. It is a benzoquinolizine derivative with the chemical name 1,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-9,10-dimethoxy-3-(2-methylpropyl)-2H-benzo[α]quinolizin-2-one . Initially it was developed as an antipsychotic agent.Despite 50 years of medicinal background, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved 1 on August 15, 2008, for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington’s disease.

Figure

 Chemical structures of 1 and 2.

Deutetrabenazine (2) (trade name Austedo) is a stable, nonradioactive deuterium analogue of the approved drug tetrabenazine in which the six hydrogen atoms of the 9- and 10-methoxy (−OCH3) substituents have been replaced by deuterium atoms . Deutetrabenazine was found to be more effective for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington’s disease because of improved pharmacokinetic properties compared with the nondeuterated drug tetrabenazine. Deutetrabenazine was originally developed by Auspex Pharmaceuticals (La Jolla, CA, USA). In 2015, Teva acquired Auspex Pharmaceuticals and submitted a new drug application (NDA) in the United States for the treatment of Huntington’s disease. On April 3, 2017, Teva Pharmaceutical received approval from the FDA to market deutetrabenazine as the first deuterated drug for the treatment of chorea associated with Huntington’s disease.(4) Both 1 and 2 are racemic mixtures .
  1. (a) Brossi, A.Lindlar, H.Walter, M.Schnider, O. Helv. Chim. Acta 195841119– 139DOI: 10.1002/hlca.660410117

    .

    (b) Brossi, A.Schnider, O.Walter, M. Quinolizine derivatives.U.S. Patent 2,830,9931958.

  2. Pletscher, A.Brossi, A.Gey, K. F. Int. Rev. Neurobiol. 19624275– 306DOI: 10.1016/S0074-7742(08)60024-0
  3. Mestre, T.Ferreira, J.Coelho, M. M.Rosa, M.Sampaio, C. Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 20093,CD006456DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD006456.pub2

  4. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Novel Drug Approvals for 2017.https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DevelopmentApprovalProcess/DrugInnovation/ucm537040 (accessed Jan 15, 2018).
  5. Brossi, A. Preparation of substituted 2-oxobenzoquinolizinesU.S. Patent 3,045,0211962.

  6. Gant, T. G.Shahbaz, M. M. Benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter-2U.S. Patent 8,524,7332013.

Large-Scale Preparation of Tetrabenazine (1)

1 (262.3 g, 96%). FTIR (in KBr): 2942, 2919, 1701, 1516, 1465, 1370, 1263, 1159, 1010, 860, 749 cm–11H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.52 (d, 1H, J = 11.2 Hz), 3.32 (dd, 1H, J = 11.6, 6.4 Hz), 3.13–3.10 (m, 2H), 2.93–2.90 (m, 1H), 2.77–2.73 (m, 2H), 2.64–2.53 (m, 2H), 2.37 (t, 1H, J = 11.6 Hz), 1.83–1.80 (m, 1H), 1.69–1.66 (m, 1H), 1.08–1.04 (m, 1H), 0.94–0.91 (m, 6H). ESI-MS: m/z 318.3 [M + H]+.

Purification of 1

1 (9.6 g, 96%). HPLC purity: 99.75%.

FTIR (in KBr): 2942, 2919, 1701, 1516, 1465, 1370, 1263, 1159, 1010, 860, 749 cm–1

1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 6.70 (s, 1H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 3.72 (s, 6H), 3.46 (d, 1H, J = 10.0 Hz), 3.24 (dd, 1H, J = 11.5, 6.0 Hz), 3.15–3.11 (m, 1H), 2.95–2.89 (m, 1H), 2.85 (dd, 1H, J = 13.0, 3.0 Hz), 2.69–2.65 (m, 2H), 2.52–2.46 (m, 2H), 2.28 (t, 1H, J= 12.0 Hz), 1.66–1.63 (m, 2H), 0.94–0.85 (m, 7H).

ESI-MS: m/z 318.3 [M + H]+.

Large-Scale Preparation of Deutetrabenazine (2)FTIR (in KBr): 2942, 2920, 2246, 2067, 1700, 1513, 1269, 1113, 990, 747 cm–11H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 3.53 (d, 1H, J = 10.5 Hz), 3.32–3.30 (m, 1H), 3.17–3.13 (m, 2H), 2.92 (dd, 1H, J = 13.5,3.0 Hz), 2.77–2.73 (m, 2H), 2.64–2.53 (m, 2H), 2.37 (t, 1H, J = 11.5 Hz), 1.84–1.79 (m, 1H), 1.69–1.67 (m, 1H), 1.08–1.04 (m, 1H), 0.94–0.91 (m, 6H). ESI-MS: m/z 324.4 [M + H]+

Large-Scale Purification of 2

Mp: 128.75–129.42 °C.

FTIR (in KBr): 2942, 2920, 2246, 2067, 1700, 1513, 1269, 1113, 990, 747 cm–1

1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 6.69 (s, 2H), 3.46 (d, 1H, J = 10.0 Hz), 3.25 (dd, 1H, J = 11.5, 6.0 Hz), 3.15–3.11 (m, 1H), 2.95–2.89 (m, 1H), 2.85 (dd, 1H, J = 13.5, 3.0 Hz), 2.70–2.64 (m, 2H), 2.52–2.44 (m, 2H), 2.28 (t, 1H, J = 11.5 Hz), 1.66–1.63 (m, 2H), 0.93–0.85 (m, 7H).

ESI-MS: m/z 324.4 [M + H]+.

[α]D −0.3 [c 0.3, DCM at 25 °C].

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।
DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter
Join me on google plus Googleplus
Join me on Researchgate

Anthony Melvin Crasto Dr.

 amcrasto@gmail.com

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON
He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy
सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से
जिंदगी चल जाये।
औकात बस इतनी देना,
कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

///////

Verubecestat (MK-8931)


Verubecestat.pngV1

Verubecestat (MK-8931)

Merck Alzheimer’s drugs Verubecestat (MK-8931) is an oral β- amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme (BACE1 or β-secretase enzyme) inhibitor, is currently in Phase III clinical trials

Verubecestat
MK 8931, MK-8931, SCH 900931
2-Pyridinecarboxamide, N- (3 – ((5R) -3-amino-5,6-dihydro-2,5-dimethyl-1 , 1-dioxido-2H-1,2,4-thiadiazin-5-yl) -4-fluorophenyl) -5-fluoro-

N-[3-[(5R)-3-amino-2,5-dimethyl-1,1-dioxo-6H-1,2,4-thiadiazin-5-yl]-4-fluorophenyl]-5-fluoropyridine-2-carboxamide

CAS : 1286770-55-5

C17 H17 F2 N5 O3 S, 409.41
Mechanism: Oral β- amyloid precursor protein cleavage enzyme (BACE) inhibitors
Indications: Alzheimer’s disease
Development progress: phase III clinical
Companies: Merck

Verubecestat (MK-8931) is a small-molecule inhibitor of beta-secretase cleaving enzyme (BACE) 1 and BACE2 in development by Merck for the treatment of Alzheimer’s Disease.

MK-8931 is a beta-secretase 1 (BACE1) inhibitor in phase III development for the treatment of amnestic mild cognitive impairment (aMCI) due to Alzheimer’s disease at Merck & Co. The company is also conducting phase II/III trials for the treatment of Alzheimer’s type dementia.

Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is a devastating, progressive neurodegenerative disease that is associated with up to 80% of the estimated 47 million cases of dementia worldwide and is a leading cause of death in the United States.(1, 2) As the elderly population increases, the worldwide incidence of dementia is expected to nearly triple to approximately 132 million by 2050, creating an unsustainable socioeconomic burden.(1) Currently available therapies, which include acetylcholinesterase inhibitors and the N-methyl-d-aspartate receptor antagonist memantine, produce modest and transient improvement in cognitive function but do not alter the progression of AD.(3) Treatments that delay or halt disease progression by targeting the underlying causes of AD would have lasting impacts on patient function and quality of life and would address an urgent unmet medical need.
Two histopathological hallmarks are invariably observed in the brains of AD patients, namely, extracellular amyloid plaques composed primarily of β-amyloid (Aβ) peptides and intraneuronal neurofibrillary tangles composed primarily of aggregates of abnormally phosphorylated tau protein. Aβ peptides are formed by two sequential cleavages of the amyloid precursor protein (APP), first by β-site amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme 1 (BACE1) followed by cleavage of the resulting C-terminal fragment C99 by γ-secretase. This cleavage sequence results in production of a family of Aβ peptides, of which Aβ40 is the most abundant isoform and Aβ42 is more highly prone to aggregate into neurotoxic, oligomeric species.(4) According to the amyloid hypothesis, aberrant production and/or accumulation of Aβ peptides, principally Aβ42, over a period of decades is causative of the underlying disease pathogenesis that ultimately leads to neuronal cell death.(4, 5) In addition to the invariant presence of amyloid plaques in the brains of AD patients, the amyloid hypothesis is underpinned by several other lines of evidence. First, many distinct neurodegenerative diseases are associated with the invariant presence of abnormal protein aggregates analogous to amyloid plaques. Second, low levels of Aβ42 in the CSF are a reasonably good diagnostic/prognostic biomarker for AD. Finally, and most significantly, early onset autosomal dominant familial AD is associated with mutations in APP and the presenilin proteins (which are components of the γ-secretase enzyme), and all of these mutations share the common phenotype of increasing total Aβ levels or the relative proportion of Aβ42.(6) Given this multifaceted evidence supporting the role of Aβ peptides in AD progression, substantial efforts have been invested in the development of amyloid-lowering therapies as a disease-modifying approach to AD treatment.(7) Prominent among these has been inhibition of BACE1 to reduce or prevent production of the Aβ peptides. This approach has been further supported by the recent finding that a rare mutation (A673T) near the BACE1 cleavage site in APP reduces Aβ peptide production and is associated with reduced risk of developing AD and improved cognitive function in the elderly.(8)
BACE1 is a membrane-bound aspartyl protease expressed primarily in the central nervous system (CNS), is the sole enzymatic activity responsible for the initial β-site APP cleavage, and is required for Aβ peptide production in vivo.(9) In the brain, BACE1 is expressed mainly in neurons and cleaves APP predominantly in the endosomal compartments where the acidic pH is near the optimum for its enzymatic activity (pH 5).(10) Since the characterization of BACE1 more than 15 years ago,(11) there have been intensive efforts to overcome the challenges of identifying small molecule inhibitors that can penetrate the CNS and inhibit the formation of centrally derived Aβ peptides.(12) These efforts have been driven by evidence that BACE1 inhibition, in comparison with γ-secretase inhibition and antiamyloid immunotherapy, may be an inherently safer amyloid-lowering approach,(7) a notion that has been informed by an evolving understanding of BACE1 biology. In this regard, Bace1 knockout mice have been reported to have a number of subtle phenotypes, including reduction of central and peripheral nerve myelination, and several putative BACE1 substrates other than APP have recently been proposed.(10, 13, 14) However, many of these phenotypes and substrates remain to be independently confirmed, have little if any functional consequence, are not recapitulated by pharmacological inhibition of BACE, or may be mitigated through partial BACE1 inhibition.(8, 10, 13-15)
.

Smiles: C [C @] 1 (CS (= O) (= O) N (C (= N1) N) C) c2cc (ccc2F) NC (= O) c3ccc (cn3) F

COSY PREDICT

V0COSY

https://www.google.co.in/patents/CN102639135A?cl=en

Scheme 3b:

Figure CN102639135AD00931

The amine A (Scheme 3a, step 4) (13.7 g) in n-butanol (150 mL) was added a slurry solution of cyanogen bromide (5M, in MeCN). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated to 1/3 of original volume. To this mixture was added Et20 (200 mL). The resulting solid was removed by filtration, and the solid was washed with Et20 (2x). The solid was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated Na2CO3 (aq). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give 10.6 g

Scheme 10:

Figure CN102639135AD00982

The nitro compound (Scheme 3b) (2. 50 g, 6. 0 mmol) of Et0H (150 mL) was degassed (To this solution was bubbled with nitrogen time 3 min). To this solution was added Pd / C (10% w / w, 50% water, 698 mg). The mixture was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere. Exhaust, and backfilled with H2 (3x). The obtained mixture at room temperature, followed by stirring under H2 balloon for 2 hours. Bubbling nitrogen gas, and the mixture was purged, filtered through Celite, and concentrated.Small plug filtered through a silica gel column, eluting with EtOAc, and the product was purified to give the aniline (2. 2g, 97%).

SEE

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2011044181A1?cl=en

veb

SNAPSHOT

WP_000366

SYNTHESIS CONSTUCTION

V9AND

V8ON RXN WITH WITH BuLi GIVES

V7THIS GIVES

V6THIS ON TREATMENT WITH BrCN

V5ON BOC2O TREATMENT GIVES

V4GIVES ON HYDGN

V2

REACTION WITH

V3

GIVES

FINAL COMPD Verubecestat

V1

1H NMR PREDICT

V0

V01H GRAPH

V01H

13C NMR PREDICT

V013C GRAPH

V013C

 

Updated…….WATCH OUT FOR MORE

https://www.google.co.in/patents/US8729071?cl=en

 

Steps 1-4:

These steps were performed using similar procedures to those described in steps 1-4 of Scheme 1a.

Step 5:

To a solution of the amine from step 4 (10.5 g, 36 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (200 mL) was added benzoylisothiocyanate (4.3 mL, 1.1 eq.). The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 2.5 days. Additional benzoylisothiocyanate (0.86 mL, 0.2 eq.) was added and the solution was stirred at RT for an additional 2 hours. The solution was then concentrated in vacuo.

A portion of this material (6.5 g, ˜14 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (200 mL). To this solution was added Na2CO3 (s) (1.52 g, 14 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at RT for 45 min. After that time, a slight excess of HOAc was added to the solution. The mixture was then concentrated. The residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and ½ sat. NaHCO3 (aq.). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The thiourea (˜4.9 g) was carried onto the next reaction without further purification.

Step 6:

Example 15 was prepared using a method similar to that described in Scheme 1a step 6.

To a shiny of amine A (Scheme 3a step 4) (13.7 grams) in n-butanol (150 mL) was added a solution of cyanogen bromide (5M in MeCN). The resultant mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The mixture was concentrated to ⅓ of the original volume. To the mixture was added Et2O (200 mL). The resultant solid was removed via filtration and the solid was washed with Et2O (2×). The solid was partitioned between EtOAc and sat. Na2CO3 (aq.). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 10.6 grams of Ex. 15. This material was converted to the t-butyl carbamate using a procedure similar to that described in Scheme 3.

Step 7:

A mixture of the bromide (3.00 g, 6.92 mmol), benzophenone imine (1.39 mL, 8.30 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (0.634 g, 0.692 mmol), John-Phos (0.413 g, 1.38 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (2.13 g, 22.1 mmol), and toluene (51 mL) was degassed (vacuum/N2). The mixture was then stirred at 65° C. under nitrogen for 3 h. After this time, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a pad of Celite and rinsed with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was then dissolved in methanol (76 mL) and the resulting solution was charged with hydroxyl amine hydrochloride (2.16 g, 31.1 mmol) and sodium acetate (2.55 g, 31.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min. After this time, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), water (100 mL), and brine (100 mL). The organic layer was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, 0-100% ethyl acetate/heptane) to afford the amino pyridine (0.880 g, 34%).

To a flame-dried flask was added a pyridyl bromide (Table IIb, Entry 15, 1.5 g, 3.3 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (305 mg, 0.3 mmol), (2-biphenyl)di-tert-butylphosphine (200 mg, 0.7 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (1.02 g, 0.011 mmol), benzophenone imine (670 ul, 4 mmol), and toluene (21 mL). The mixture was evacuated under vacuum and back-filled with N2 (3×). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1 h. After filtration through celite, the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was dissolved in 36 mL of methanol, and hydroxyl amine hydrochloride (458 mg, 6.6 mmol) and sodium acetate (541 mg, 6.6 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 35 min and then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic portions were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by a flash silica column (50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to get an aminopyridine product (730 mg, 68%).

A solution of the nitro compound (Scheme 3b) (2.50 g, 6.0 mmol) in EtOH (150 mL) was degassed by bubbling N2 through the solution for 3 min. To this solution was added Pd/C (10% w/w, 50% H2O, 698 mg.). The mixture was placed under an atmosphere of N2. The atmosphere was evacuated and back-filled with H2 (3×). The resulting mixture was stirred at RT under a H2 balloon for 2 h. The mixture was purged by bubbling N2 through it, filtered through Celite and concentrated. The product was purified by filtering through a small plug of silica gel column eluting with EtOAc to afford the aniline (2.2 g, 97%).

 

ENTRY 25

MH+: 410.0, HPLC1.79 min, LCMSMETHOD D

Method D:

  • Column: Agilent Zorbax SB-C18 (3.0×50 mm) 1.8 uM

Mobile phase: A: 0.05% Trifluoroacetic acid in water

    • B: 0.05% Trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile

Gradient: 90:10 (A:B) for 0.3 min, 90:10 to 5:95 (A:B) over 1.2 min, 5:95 (A:B) for 1.2 min.

Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min

UV detection: 254 and 220 nm

Mass spectrometer: Agilent 6140 quadrupole

 

update…………..

Discovery of the 3-Imino-1,2,4-thiadiazinane 1,1-Dioxide Derivative Verubecestat (MK-8931)–A β-Site Amyloid Precursor Protein Cleaving Enzyme 1 Inhibitor for the Treatment of Alzheimer’s Disease

Departments of Discovery Chemistry, Neuroscience, §Pharmacokinetics, Pharmacodynamics, and Drug Metabolism, ΔTranslational Medicine, #Structural Chemistry, Molecular and Materials Characterization, Pharmaceutical Sciences and Clinical Supply, and Toxicological Sciences, MRL, Merck & Co. Inc., 2015 Galloping Hill Road, Kenilworth, New Jersey 07033, United States
Albany Molecular Research Inc., 26 Corporate Circle, Albany, New York 12203, United States
J. Med. Chem., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.6b00307
Publication Date (Web): November 18, 2016
Copyright © 2016 American Chemical Society
*Phone: 908-740-4729. E-mail: jack.scott@merck.com., *Phone: 973-868-2088. E-mail: andy.stamford1@gmail.com.

ACS Editors’ Choice – This is an open access article published under an ACS AuthorChoice License, which permits copying and redistribution of the article or any adaptations for non-commercial purposes.

Abstract

Abstract Image

Verubecestat 3 (MK-8931), a diaryl amide-substituted 3-imino-1,2,4-thiadiazinane 1,1-dioxide derivative, is a high-affinity β-site amyloid precursor protein cleaving enzyme 1 (BACE1) inhibitor currently undergoing Phase 3 clinical evaluation for the treatment of mild to moderate and prodromal Alzheimer’s disease. Although not selective over the closely related aspartyl protease BACE2, verubecestat has high selectivity for BACE1 over other key aspartyl proteases, notably cathepsin D, and profoundly lowers CSF and brain Aβ levels in rats and nonhuman primates and CSF Aβ levels in humans. In this annotation, we describe the discovery of 3, including design, validation, and selected SAR around the novel iminothiadiazinane dioxide core as well as aspects of its preclinical and Phase 1 clinical characterization.

 

N-[3-[(5R)-3-Amino-5,6-dihydro-2,5-dimethyl-1,1-dioxido-2H-1,2,4-thiadiazin-5-yl]-4-fluorophenyl]-5-fluoro-2-pyridinecarboxamide (3)

 3 (2.70 g, 89% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.57 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J = 8.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.03–7.95 (m, 2H), 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 11.6, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.03 (br s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 1H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 3H). ESI MS m/z 410.2 [M + H]+. [α]D20 37.2° (c 0.367, CH3OH).
To generate its hydrochloride salt, 3prepared above was added to CH2Cl2 (50 mL) followed by a solution of HCl (2 N in Et2O, 3.6 mL, 7.2 mmol), and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The product was slurried in distilled water (50 mL) and lyophilized to afford the HCl monohydrate salt of 3 (2.58 g, 79% yield, 3 steps) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.59 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J = 8.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J = 7.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82–7.75 (m, 2H), 7.22 (dd, J = 12.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (dd, J = 14.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H). ESI MS m/z410.2 [M + H]+. Anal. Calcd (C17H20ClF2N5O4S): C, 44.02; H, 4.35; N, 15.10; Cl, 7.64; S, 6.91. Found: C, 43.77; H, 4.32; N, 14.81; Cl, 7.84; S, 7.04.

 

References

 

  1. 1.

    (a) Wortmann, M.Dementia: a global health priority – highlights from an ADI and World Health Organization report Alzheimer’s Res. Ther. 2012, 4, 4043, DOI: 10.1186/alzrt143

    (b) Alzheimer’s Disease International. World Alzheimer Report 2015. http://www.alz.co.uk/research/WorldAlzheimerReport2015.pdf.

  2. 2.

    Alzheimer’s Association. 2015 Alzheimer’s disease facts and figures. Alzheimers Dement. 2015, 332384.

  3. 3.

    Zemek, F.; Drtinova, L.; Nepovimova, E.; Sepsova, V.; Korabecny, J.; Klimes, J.; Kuca, K.Outcomes of Alzheimer’s disease therapy with acetylcholinesterase inhibitors and memantine Expert Opin. Drug Saf.2014, 13, 759774, DOI: 10.1517/14740338.2014.914168

  4. 4.

    Haass, C.; Selkoe, D. J.Soluble protein oligomers in neurodegeneration: Lesson from the Alzheimer’s amyloid β-peptide Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2007, 8, 101112, DOI: 10.1038/nrm2101

  5. 5.

    (a) Hardy, J.; Selkoe, D. J.The amyloid hypothesis of Alzheimer’s disease: Progress and problems on the road to therapeutics Science 2002, 297, 353356, DOI: 10.1126/science.1072994

    (b) Karran, E.; Mercken, M.; De Strooper, B.The amyloid cascade hypothesis for Alzheimer’s disease: an appraisal for the development of therapeutics Nat. Rev. Drug Discovery 2011, 10, 698712, DOI: 10.1038/nrd3505

  6. 7.

    Citron, M.Alzheimer’s disease: strategies for disease modification Nat. Rev. Drug Discovery 2010, 9, 387398, DOI: 10.1038/nrd2896

  7. 8.

    Jonsson, T.; Atwal, J. K.; Steinberg, S.; Snaedal, J.; Jonsson, P. V.; Bjornsson, S.; Stefansson, H.; Sulem,P.; Gudbjartsson, D.; Maloney, J.; Hoyte, K.; Gustafson, A.; Liu, Y.; Lu, Y.; Bhangale, T.; Graham, R. R.; Huttenlocher, J.; Bjornsdottir, G.; Andreassen, O. A.; Jönsson, E. G.; Palotie, A.; Behrens, T. W.; Magnusson, O. T.; Kong, A.; Thorsteinsdottir, U.; Watts, R. J.; Stefansson, K.A mutation in APP protects against Alzheimer’s disease and age-related cognitive decline Nature 2012, 488, 9699, DOI: 10.1038/nature11283

  8. 9.

    Roberds, S. L.; Anderson, J.; Basi, G.; Bienkowski, M. J.; Branstetter, D. G.; Chen, K. S.; Freedman, S. B.; Frigon, N. L.; Games, D.; Hu, K.; Johnson-Wood, K.; Kappenman, K. E.; Kawabe, T. T.; Kola, I.; Kuehn,R.; Lee, M.; Liu, W.; Motter, R.; Nichols, N. F.; Power, M.; Robertson, D. W.; Schenk, D.; Schoor, M.; Shopp, G. M.; Shuck, M. E.; Sinha, S.; Svensson, K. A.; Tatsuno, G.; Tintrup, H.; Wijsman, J.; Wright, S.; McConlogue, L.BACE knockout mice are healthy despite lacking the primary beta-secretase activity in brain: implications for Alzheimer’s disease therapeutics Hum. Mol. Genet. 2001, 10, 13171324

  9. 10.

    Vassar, R.; Kuhn, P.-H.; Haass, C.; Kennedy, M. E.; Rajendran, L.; Wong, P. C.; Lichtenthaler, S. F.Function, therapeutic potential and cell biology of BACE proteases: current status and future prospectsJ. Neurochem. 2014, 130, 428, DOI: 10.1111/jnc.12715

  10. 12.

    (a) Oehlrich, D.; Prokopcova, H.; Gijsen, H. J. M.The evolution of amidine-based brain penetrant BACE1 inhibitors Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2014, 24, 20332045, DOI: 10.1016/j.bmcl.2014.03.025

    (b) Yuan, J.; Venkatraman, S.; Zheng, Y.; McKeever, B. M.; Dillard, L. W.; Singh, S. B.Structure-based design of β-site APP cleaving enzyme 1 (BACE) inhibitors for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease. disease J. Med. Chem. 2013, 56, 41564180, DOI: 10.1021/jm301659n

    (c) Probst, G.; Xu, Y. z.Small-molecule BACE1 inhibitors: a patent literature review (2006 – 2011) Expert Opin. Ther. Pat. 2012, 22, 511540, DOI: 10.1517/13543776.2012.681302

  11. 13.

    (a) Willem, M.; Garratt, A. N.; Novak, B.; Citron, M.; Kaufmann, S.; Rittger, A.; DeStrooper, B.; Saftig, P.; Birchmeier, C.; Haass, C.Control of peripheral nerve myelination by the β-Secretase BACE1 Science2006, 314, 664666, DOI: 10.1126/science.1132341

    (b) Hu, X.; Hicks, C. W.; He, W.; Wong, P.; Macklin, W. B.; Trapp, B. D.; Yan, R.Bace1 modulates myelination in the central and peripheral nervous system Nat. Neurosci. 2006, 9, 15201525, DOI: 10.1038/nn1797

  12. 14.

    Cheret, C.; Willem, M.; Fricker, F. R.; Wende, H.; Wulf-Goldenberg, A.; Tahirovic, S.; Nave, K.-A.; Saftig,P.; Haass, C.; Garratt, A. N.; Bennett, D. L.; Birchmeier, C.Bace1 and Neuregulin-1 cooperate to control formation and maintenance of muscle spindles EMBO J. 2013, 32, 20152028, DOI: 10.1038/emboj.2013.146

  13. 15.

    McConlogue, L.; Buttini, M.; Anderson, J. P.; Brigham, E. F.; Chen, K. S.; Freedman, S. B.; Games, D.; Johnson-Wood, K.; Lee, M.; Zeller, M.; Liu, W.; Motter, R.; Sinha, S.Partial reduction of BACE1 has dramatic effects on Alzheimer plaque and synaptic pathology in APP transgenic mice J. Biol. Chem. 2007,282, 2632626334, DOI: 10.1074/jbc.M611687200

  14. 17.

    The CAS name represents the 3-aminothiadiazine tautomer, and the structures depicted in the manuscript represent the 3-iminothiadiazinane tautomer.

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।
DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter
Join me on google plus Googleplus

 amcrasto@gmail.com

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON
He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy
सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से
जिंदगी चल जाये।
औकात बस इतनी देना,
कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

///////

Toremifene


Toremifene.svg

Toremifene

2-[4-[(Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl]phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylethanamine

(Z)-2-[4-(4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-butenyl)phenoxy]-N,N-dimethylethanamine
(Z)-4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-butene
(Z)-Toremifene
2-({4-[(1Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-en-1-yl]phenyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine
4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-butene

Toremifene; Acapodene; Farestone; Z-Toremifene; Toremifeno; Toremifenum

Molecular Formula: C26H28ClNO
Molecular Weight: 405.95962 g/mol

cas 89778-26-7

 

Launched – 1988.Orion (FI), greast cancer

  1. Citrate, Toremifene, GTx-006
    NK-622

  2. Fareston
  3. FC 1157a
  4. FC-1157a
  5. FC1157a
  6. Toremifene
  7. Toremifene Citrate
  8. Toremifene Citrate (1:1)
  9. Toremifene, (E)-Isomer
    • C26H28ClNO · C6H8O7
    • Molecular Weight 598.08Toremifene citrate salt ≥98% (HPLC)Toremifene Citrate

Toremifene is a first generation selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM). Like TAMOXIFEN, it is an estrogen agonist for bone tissue and cholesterol metabolism but is antagonistic on mammary and uterine tissue.

The company GTx is conducting phase III clinical trials for the prevention of prostate cancer in men who have been diagnosed with high grade prostatic intraepithelial neoplasia (PIN).

Toremifene citrate is an oral selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) which helps oppose the actions of estrogen in the body. Licensed in the United States under the brand name Fareston, toremifene citrate is FDA-approved for use in advanced (metastatic)breast cancer. It is also being evaluated for prevention of prostate cancer under the brand name Acapodene.[1]

ChemSpider 2D Image | Toremifene | C26H28ClNO

In 2007 the pharmaceutical company GTx, Inc was conducting two different phase 3 clinical trials; First, a pivotal Phase clinical trial for the treatment of serious side effects of androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) (especially vertebral/spine fractures and hot flashes, lipid profile, and gynecomastia) for advanced prostate cancer, and second, a pivotal Phase III clinical trial for the prevention of prostate cancer in high risk men with high grade prostatic intraepithelial neoplasia, or PIN. Results of these trials are expected by first quarter of 2008[2]

An NDA for the first application (relief of prostate cancer ADT side effects) was submitted in Feb 2009,[3] and in Oct 2009 the FDA said they would need more clinical data, e.g. another phase III trial.[4]

Originally developed at Orion, toremifene was subsequently licensed to Nippon Kayaku in Japan and to Asta Medica (now, part of Meda) in Germany.

toremifene.png

Synthesis

 ……….

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/CN104230723A?cl=en

Toremifene (Toremifene), chemical name (Z) -4- chloro-1,2-diphenyl–1- [4- (2- (N, N- dimethylamino) ethoxy yl) phenyl] -1-butene, having the structure I.Toremifene to tamoxifen (Tamoxifen) analogues with anti-estrogenic activity, can be used in the treatment of hormone-dependent breast cancer, and its E-isomer has the presence of estrogenic activity, E isomers toremifene may counteract anti-estrogenic activity, and therefore isomeric purity is essential toremifene.Toremifene was developed in 1983 by the Finnish Famos company, listed in 1996 by the Orion company in the EU, the trade name Fareston, 2002 to enter the country, the trade name of toremifene.

 

Figure CN104230723AD00051

RJ Toivola et al., European Patent EP95875, disclosed in U.S. Patent US4696949A synthetic route toremifene, that following a synthetic route, the synthetic route to phenol as a raw material, by acylation, rearrangement, alkyl group and an addition reaction to give 1,2-diphenyl -1- [4- [2- (N, N- dimethylamino) ethoxyphenyl]] – 1,4-diol (Compound 5) as the key intermediate, further HCl in ethanol or hydrochloric acid elimination reaction occurs, then get toremifene thionyl chloride reaction. The main problem with this approach is that the elimination reaction of the compound 5 in ethanol occurs when hydrochloric acid or concentrated hydrochloric acid, the resulting triaryl alcohol butyrate (Compound 6) having a Z / E configuration, both the ratio of 1: 2 ~ 2: 1, stereo selectivity is not high, and there are 5% of the cyclization by-product; on the Z / E configuration Miyoshi butyric fractional crystallization of alcohol, you can get pure Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol , but the yield is only 41%; then, Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol chlorination reaction occurs in the action of thionyl chloride, the purified product toremifene.

 

Figure CN104230723AD00061

 U.S. Patent US5491173A also reported another synthetic route toremifene namely the following two synthetic routes. The route to the aryl ketone (Compound 7) with a phenyl Grignard reagent addition reaction of ketone carbonyl groups to give triaryl-butanediol (compound 5), which is the elimination of toremifene and chlorinated reaction products happen again.

 

Figure CN104230723AD00062

 Chinese Patent Publication No. CN1125716A application reported an efficient synthesis of Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) method, US4696949A compared with the US patent, the method mild conditions, reduce the acid concentration and reaction temperature, reaction time, triarylphosphine butanediol (Compound 5) in concentrated hydrochloric acid or concentrated hydrochloric isopropanol or ethanol effect of concentrated hydrochloric acid, can be 60-78% selectivity and 95% yield of type 2 Miyoshi butyric alcohol But after Publication No. 0 02,126,969 attached eight patent applications after the inventor repeated experiments show that the technique disclosed in the patent application programs can not achieve their claimed technical effect.

 Publication No. CN102126969A of Chinese patent applications through the intermediate Miyoshi butyric alcohol occurs at a catalytic converter configuration of concentrated hydrochloric acid, while taking advantage of differences in solubility, so E- type Miyoshi butyric alcohol continuously into Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) precipitates, thereby undermining the balance, so that one of the E-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol continuously into Z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) to give the Z-Miyoshi butyric alcohol ( Compound 6) and then get toremifene thionyl chloride after chlorination. Although to some extent, improve the yield, but increased operating procedure, is not conducive to industrial production.

Currently, the key intermediate is patent protected, and z-type Miyoshi butyric alcohol (compound 6) stereoselective low yield and isolated intermediates, to solve this problem, to overcome technical barriers to foreign pharmaceutical companies, urgent need to find a simple process, low cost, easy to separate and viable for large-scale production of synthetic routes.

To achieve the above object, according to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of synthesizing toremifene, synthetic method comprising: a step S1, so that a compound having the structural formula II with a compound B having the structural formula III C occurs Mike Murray to give compound D having the structural formula IV; step S2, the Compound D and Compound E or Compound E of the hydrochloride salt of the formula V having a phenolic hydroxyl group on the occurrence of a selective alkylation reaction, to give a compound having the structural formula VI F; step S3, the compound F is reacted with thionyl chloride to give toremifene, wherein,

 Formula II is:

Figure CN104230723AD00071

Structural formula III as follows:

Figure CN104230723AD00072

Formula IV is

Figure CN104230723AD00073

Of formula V is C1CH2CH2N (CH 3) 2; formula VI is

Figure CN104230723AD00074

FIG. 1 illustrates the present invention obtained in Example 1 H NMR spectrum of compound D of implementation;

TORE 1

FIG. 2 shows the 1 H NMR spectrum of the present invention, the compound obtained in Example F;

TORE 2

FIG. 3 shows the present invention is a proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of toremifene obtained in Example.

TORE 3

Figure 1, which shows a spectrum of results for Che bandit? (400 cm take, 01 ^ 0) 3 = 9.20 (! 8,1 1), 7.37 (^ = 7.4 to take, 2 1!), 7.30- 7. 23 (m, 3H), 1.22- 7. 15 (m, 2H), 7. 15 – 7. 06 ( m, 3H), 6. 61 (dd, J = 9. 0, 2. 2Hz, 2H), 6. 49 -. 6. 32 (m, 2H), 4 48 (s, 1H), 3 30 (. m, 2H), 2 55 (t, J = 7. 5Hz, 2H);. F proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of the compound attached to the

Figure 2, showing spectrum results Che NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ = 7. 36 (d, J = 7. 3Hz, 2H), 7. 31 – 7. 25 (m, 3H), 7. 21 – 7. 10 (m, 5H), 6. 75 – 6. 69 (m , 2H), 6. 59 (d, J = 8. 8Hz, 2H), 4. 49 (s, 1H), 3. 88 (t, J = 5. 8Hz, 2H), 3. 31 (d, J = 4. 3Hz, 2H), 2. 57 (t, J = 7.5Hz, 2H), 2.52 (t, J = 4.6Hz, 2H), 2 15 (s, 6H);.

Tommy remifentanil NMR hydrogen spectrum in Figure 3 attached, showing spectrum results Che NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ = 7. 41 -. 7. 33 (m, 2H), 7 29 (dt, J = 7. 1, 2. 9Hz, 3H), 7. 20 (dd, J = 10. 0, 4. 3Hz, 2H), 7. 13 (dd, J = 7. 1, 4. 3Hz, 3H), 6.87- 6. 72 (m, 2H), 6. 57 (dd, J = 6. 8, 4. 8Hz, 2H), 3. 92 (t, J = 5. 8Hz, 2H), 3. 41 (t, J = 7. 5Hz, 2H), 2. 92 (t, J = 7. 5Hz, 2H), 2. 63 (t, J = 5. 8Hz, 2H), 2. 28 (s, 6H).

The synthetic routes above synthetic method are as follows:

 

Figure CN104230723AD00094

Synthesis of toremifene:

To a 2L reaction flask 1. 1L of toluene, 110g (0. 28mol) obtained in the above step Z configuration compound F, mixed to obtain a sixth system, the cooling system to the sixth mixed 0~5 ° C , was slowly added dropwise 99. 93g (0. 84mol) thionyl chloride addition was complete the formation of the seventh mixed system, the mixed system was slowly warmed to a seventh ll〇 ° C, for 1 hour to obtain a third product system, stop The third product heating and cooling system to 15~25 ° C, the third product system slowly poured into 1L of water, adding NaOH solution to a pH 9~10 and get the second system, the second in and a system for liquid separation, and the resulting aqueous phase to obtain a second solution was extracted with 1L toluene extraction, the organic phase of the second extraction solution and liquid separation were combined and concentrated to give crude toremifene, the crude product was mass ratio of 1 : mixed solvent of ethyl acetate and acetone 1 crystals to give 103. 7g toremifene products.

Synthesis of toremifene:

[0062] To a 5L reaction flask 3. 3L of toluene, 110g (0. 28mol) obtained in the above step Z configuration compound F, mixed to obtain a sixth system, the cooling system to the sixth mixed 0~5 ° C , was slowly added dropwise 33. 31g (0. 28mol) thionyl chloride addition was complete the formation of the seventh mixed system, the mixed system was slowly warmed to a seventh ll〇 ° C, after the reaction for 6 hours to obtain a third product system, stop The third product heating and cooling system to 15~25 ° C, the third product system slowly poured into 1L of water, potassium carbonate solution to a pH 9~10 and get the second system, the second and system for liquid separation, and the resulting aqueous phase to obtain a second solution was extracted with 1L ethyl acetate, the organic phase after the second extraction solution and liquid separation were combined and concentrated to give crude toremifene, the crude product was quality ratio was crystallized from acetone to give 92. 2g toremifene products.

Purity of toremifene following method:

[0107] to take the product, add the mobile phase dissolved and diluted into 1ml of 1. Omg solution containing, according to HPLC octadecylsilane bonded silica as a filler to square 1% trifluoroacetic acetic acid aqueous solution (A) and acetonitrile (B) as the mobile phase gradient elution (T = Omin 10% B; T = lOmin 95% B; T = 12min 100% B; T = 15min 10% B), detection wavelength 210nm; area normalization method to calculate the Z configuration purity compound F, where F Z configuration compound retention time of 6. 76min. The purity of the above calculation or Z configuration detection obtained compound D, compound D Z configuration and E configuration of the weight ratio, toremifene yield and purity are reported in Table 1 below.

……………..

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US5491173

c) 4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-butene (Z and E)

(Z)-isomer: The reaction is performed under dry conditions. 42.4 g of (Z)-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N,N-dimethylamino )ethoxy]phenyl]-1-buten-4-ol are dissolved in 250 ml of chloroform. Then 23.8 g of thionyl chloride areadded dropwise. The mixture is refluxed 3 h. The solvent is evaporated, after which the product is recrystallized from ethyl acetate. The yield ofthe hydrochloride salt is 36.7 g (83%), m.p. 194°-6° C. The base can be liberated from the Salt with 1M sodium carbonate solution, after which the base is extracted in toluene. The toluene solution is dried and the solvent is evaporated. The free base has m.p. 108°-10° C. (from acetone).

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): δ 2.27 (6H, s), 2.63 (2H, t), 2.91 (2H, t), 3.41 (2H, t), 3.92 (2H, t), 6.54 (2H, d), 6.79 (2H. d), 7.15(5H, s), 7.31 (5H, s). MS: m/z 405/407 (M+, 7/3), 72 (20), 58 (100).

The citric acid salt can be prepared as follows: 40.6 g of the (Z)-isomer as a free base are dissolved in 175 ml of warm acetone and 24.3 g of citric acid are dissolved in 100 ml of warm acetone. The solutions are combined and the mixture is allowed to cool. The citrate, m.p. 160°-162° C., is collected by filtration.

(E)-isomer: The compound is prepared from (E)-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-dimethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]-1-buten-4-ol in the same manner as the corresponding (Z)-isomer. The hydrochloride salt is crystallized from toluene. The yield is 35.8 g (81%) of a product having m.p. 183°-5° C. The base can be liberated from the salt in the same manner as the corresponding (Z)-isomer. It has m.p. 69°-71° C. (from hexane).

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): b 2.34 (6H, s), 2.74 (2H, t), 2.97 (2H,t), 3.43 (2H, t), 4.08 (2H, t), 6.80-7.30 (14H, m).

MS: m/z 405/407 (M+, 7/3) 72 (19) 58 (100)

 

EXAMPLE 4

4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N ,N-diethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl ]-1-butene (Z and E)

43.3 g of 1,2-diphenyl-1-[4-[2-(N,N-diethylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]butane-1,4-diol (pureenantiomer pairs or their mixture: m.p. of (RR,SS)-pair is 107°-9° C.)is suspended in 250 ml of toluene, after which 25ml toluene is distilled off to dry the solution. The mixture is cooled to 0° C. with stirring. While stirring and keeping the temperature at 0° C. or a little below, 47.6 g of thionyl chloride of good qualityare added. The mixture is stirred for 1 h at 0° C. and the temperature is then allowed to rise to 22° C. The mixture is stirred at 80° C. until the reaction is completed (about 3 h). After that, water is added to decompose the excess of thionyl chloride followed by 20% sodium hydroxide solution to liberate the product from itshydrochloride salt. The aqueous layer is discarded and the toluene layer iswashed with water. Then the solvent is evaporated to leave a mixture of (Z)- and (E)isomers (Z:E 7:3) as an oil in quantitative yield.

(Z)-isomer: The (Z)-isomer is isolated from the isomer mixture above as thehydrochloride salt because of the low melting point of the free base. The m.p. of the hydrochloride salt is 178°-80° C. The (Z)-isomermay be freed from its salt by any normal method.

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): δ 1.01 (6H, t), 2.57 (4H, q), 2.77 (2H, t), 2.91 t), 3.41 (2H, t), 3.90 t), 6.53 (2H, d), 6.78 (2H, d), 7.15 (5H, s), 7.31 (5H, s). (E)-isomer:

1 H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): δ 1.07 (6H, t), 2.66 (4H, q), 2.89 (2H, t), 2.97 (2H, t), 3.42 (2H, t), 4.07 (2H, t), 6.90-7.20 (10H, m).

……………….

SEE

http://www.google.co.ug/patents/EP0095875B1?cl=en

………….

http://www.intechopen.com/books/topics-on-drug-metabolism/electrochemical-methods-for-the-in-vitro-assessment-of-drug-metabolism

References

  1.  Price N, Sartor O, Hutson T, Mariani S. Role of 5a-reductase inhibitors and selective estrogen receptor modulators as potential chemopreventive agents for prostate cancer. Clin Prostate Cancer 2005;3:211-4. PMID 15882476
  2.  “GTx’s Phase III Clinical Development of ACAPODENE on Course Following Planned Safety Review” (Press release). GTx Inc. 2007-07-12. Retrieved 2006-07-14.
  3.  “GTx Announces Toremifene 80 mg NDA Accepted for Review by FDA” (Press release).
  4.  “GTx and Ipsen End Prostate Cancer Collaboration due to Costs of FDA-Requested Phase III Study”. 2 Mar 2011
Toremifene
Toremifene.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
2-{4-[(1Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-en-1-yl]phenoxy}-N,N-dimethylethanamine
Clinical data
AHFS/Drugs.com monograph
MedlinePlus a608003
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding more than 99.5%
Biological half-life 5 days
Identifiers
CAS Registry Number 89778-26-7 Yes
ATC code L02BA02
PubChem CID: 3005573
IUPHAR/BPS 4325
DrugBank DB00539 Yes
ChemSpider 2275722 Yes
UNII 7NFE54O27T Yes
KEGG D08620 Yes
ChEBI CHEBI:9635 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL1655 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C26H28ClNO
Molecular mass 405.959 g/mol
Patent Submitted Granted
Triphenylalkene derivatives and their use as selective estrogen receptor modulators [US6576645] 2003-06-10
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive disease [US2002119502] 2002-08-29
Triphenylalkene derivatives and their use as selective estrogen receptor modulators [US6875775] 2003-12-04 2005-04-05
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive disease [US2005176691] 2005-08-11
Anti-IGFR1 antibody therapeutic combinations [US8017735] 2005-06-23 2011-09-13
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive disease [US2005228053] 2005-10-13
Combination therapy for the treatment of estrogen-sensitive drugs [US2005232862] 2005-10-20
Toremifene crystallization method [US7368607] 2007-04-26 2008-05-06
Platinum therapeutic combinations [US2006205810] 2006-09-14
Methods and compositions for treating or preventing cancer [US2006233810] 2006-10-19

///////

Fispemifene for hypogonadism


Fispemifene.png

 

 

Fispemifene, HM 101

Fispemifene; UNII-3VZ2833V08;

cas 341524-89-8

Molecular Formula: C26H27ClO3
Molecular Weight: 422.94378 g/mol

2-[2-[4-[(Z)-4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl]phenoxy]ethoxy]ethanol

Treatment of Hypogonadism

Androgen Decline in the Aging Male (Andropause) in phase 2

Fispemifene is the Z-isomer of the compound of formula (I)

 

Figure US07504530-20090317-C00004

WO 01/36360 describes a group of SERMs, which are tissue-specific estrogens and which can be used in women in the treatment of climacteric symptoms, osteoporosis, Alzheimer’s disease and/or cardiovascular diseases without the carcinogenic risk. Certain compounds can be given to men to protect them against osteoporosis, cardiovascular diseases and Alzheimer’s disease without estrogenic adverse events (gynecomastia, decreased libido etc.). Of the compounds described in said patent publication, the compound (Z)-2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol (also known under the generic name fispemifene) has shown a very interesting hormonal profile suggesting that it will be especially valuable for treating disorders in men. WO 2004/108645 and WO 2006/024689 suggest the use of fispemifene for treatment or prevention of age-related symptoms in men, such as lower urinary tract symptoms and diseases or disorders related to androgen deficiency in men.

Quatrx had been conducting phase II clinical development for the treatment of androgen decline in the aging male. Unlike testosterone replacement therapies that are typically topical or injection therapies, fispemifene is an oral treatment and is not a formulation of testosterone. Fispemifene utilizes the body’s normal feedback mechanism to increase testosterone levels. Originally developed at Hormos, QuatRx gained rights to the drug candidate following a merger of the companies pursuant to which Hormos became a wholly-owned subsidiary of QuatRx.

Known methods for the syntheses of compounds like ospemifene and fispemifene include rather many steps. WO 02/090305 describes a method for the preparation of fispemifene, where, in a first step, a triphenylbutane compound with a dihydroxysubstituted butane chain is obtained. This compound is in a second step converted to a triphenylbutene where the chain is 4-chlorosubstituted. Then the desired Z-isomer is crystallized. Finally, the protecting group is removed to release the ethanol-ethoxy chain of the molecule.

Fispemifene is a selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) studied in phase II clinical trials at Forendo Pharma for the treatment low testosterone in men. The compound is also in phase II clinical studies at Apricus for the treatment of men with secondary hypogonadism.

In 2013, Forendo Pharma acquired the drug from Hormos Medical for the treatment of male low testosterone.

In 2014, Apricus Biosciences acquired U.S. rights for development and commercialization

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/US7504530

EXAMPLE 2 2-{2-[4-(4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenoxy]-ethoxy}-ethanol (Compound I)

{2-[4-(4-Chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenoxy]-ethoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. Lithium aluminium hydride was added to the solution in small portions until the reduction reaction was complete. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The product was extracted into toluene, which was dried and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified with flash chromatography with toluene/triethyl amine (9.5:0.5) as eluent. Yield 68%.

1H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl3):

2.92 (t, 2H, ═CH 2CH2Cl),

3.42 (t, 2H, ═CH2 CH2 Cl),

3.59-3.64 (m, 2H, OCH2CH2O CH2CH 2OH),

3.69-3.80 (m, 4H, OCH2 CH 2OCH CH2OH),

3.97-4.02 (m, 2H, OCH2CH2OCH2CH2OH),

6.57 (d, 2H, aromatic proton ortho to oxygen),

6.78 (d, 2H, aromatic proton meta to oxygen),

7.1-7.43 (m, 10H, aromatic protons).

………….

PATENT

WO 2001036360

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2001036360A1?cl=en

……………

PATENT

WO 2002090305

 http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2002090305A1?cl=en

EXAMPLE

a) [2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethoxymethyl]benzene

is prepared from benzyl bromide and 2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethanol by the method described in literature (Bessodes, 1996).

b) {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}phenylmethanone

The mixture of 4-hydroxybenzophenone (16.7 g, 84.7 mmol) and 48 % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (170 ml) is heated to 80 °C. Tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBABr) (1.6 g, 5.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is heated to 90 °C. [2-(2-Chloroethoxy)ethoxymethyl]benzene (18. g, 84.7 mmol) is added to the mixture during 15 min and the stirring is continued for additional 3.5 h at 115-120 °C. Then the mixture is cooled to 70 °C and 170 ml of water and 170 ml of toluene are added to the reaction mixture and stirring is continued for 5 min. The layers are separated and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with 50 ml of toluene. The organic phases are combined and washed with water, dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated to dryness. Yield 31.2 g.

Another method to prepare {4-[2-(2-benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}phenyl- methanone is the reaction of 2-(2-benzyloxyethoxy)ethyl mesylate with 4- hydroxybenzophenone in PTC-conditions.

Η NMR (CDCI3): 3.64-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.90 (dist.t, 2H), 4.22 (dist.t, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 7.28-7.62 (m, 8H), 7.75 (td, 2H), 7.81 (d, 2H).

 

 

c) 1- {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} – 1 ,2-diphenyl -butane- 1 ,4-diol

Figure imgf000013_0002R = BENZYL

Lithium aluminum hydride (1.08 g, 28.6 mmol) is added into dry tetrahydrofuran (60 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere. Cinnamaldehyde (6.65 g, 50 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (16 ml) is added at 24-28 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h. {4-[2-(2- Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl}-phenyl-methanone (14.0 g, 37 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (16 ml) is added at 50-55 °C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. Most of tetrahydrofuran is evaporated. Toluene (70 ml) and 2 M aqueous hydrogen chloride (50 ml) are added. The mixture is stirred for 5 min and the aqueous layer is separated and extracted with toluene (30 ml). The toluene layers are combined and washed with 2M HC1 and water, dried and evaporated. The product is crystallized from isopropanol as a mixture of stereoisomers (8.8 g, 50 %).

Η NMR (CDCI3 ): 1.75-2.10 (m, 2H), 3.20-4.16 (m, 1 OH), 4.52 and 4.55 (2s, together 2H), 6.61 and 6.88 (2d, together 2H), 6.95-7.39 (m, 15H), 7.49 and 7.57 (2d, together 2H).

 

d) Z- 1 – {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl-but- 1-ene

Figure imgf000013_0003R = BENZYL

1 – {4- [2-(2-Benzyloxy-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} – 1 ,2-diphenyl -butane- 1 ,4-diol (10.0 g, 19.5 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (50 ml). Triethylamine (2.17 g, 21.4 mmol) is added to the solution and the mixture is cooled to -10 °C. Thionyl chloride (6.9 g, 58.5 mmol) is added to the mixture at -10 – ±0 °C. The mixture is stirred for 1 hour at 0-5 °C, warmed up to 70 °C and stirred at this temperature for 4 hours. Solvent is evaporated, the residue is dissolved to toluene, washed three times with 1M HC1 solution and twice with water. The Z-isomer of the product is crystallized from isopropanol-ethyl acetate. Yield 3.0 g. The filtrate is purified by flash chromatography to give E-isomer.

Z-isomer: Η NMR (CDCI3): 2.91 (t, 2H), 3.41 (t, 2H), 3.55-3.85 (m, 6H), 3.99 (dist.t, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 6.77 (d, 2H), 7.10- 7.50 (m, 15H)

E-isomer: 1H NMR (CDCI3): 2.97 (t, 2H), 3.43 (t, 2H), 3.65-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.88 (dist.t, 2H), 4.15 (dist.t, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 6.86 -7.45 (m, 19H)

FINAL STEP

e) 2- {2-[4-(4-Chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl-but- 1 -enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy } ethanol:

Z- 1 – {4-[2-(2-Benzyloxy-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl -but- 1-ene (3.8 g, 7.4 mmol) is dissolved in ethyl acetate under nitrogen atmosphere , Zn powder (0.12 g, 1.85 mmol) and acetyl chloride (1.27 g, 16.3 mmol) are added and the mixture is stirred at 50 °C for 3 h (Bhar, 1995). The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, water (10 ml) is added and stirring is continued for additional 10 min. The aqueous layer is separated and the organic phase is washed with 1 M aqueous hydrogen chloride solution and with water. Ethyl acetate is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in methanol (16 ml) and water (4 ml). The acetate ester of the product is hydrolysed by making the mixture alkaline with sodium hydroxide (1 g) and stirring the mixture at room temperature for 1 h. Methanol is evaporated, water is added and the residue is extracted in ethyl acetate and washed with 1 M hydrogen chloride solution and with water. Ethyl acetate is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in toluene (25 ml), silica gel (0.25 g) is added and mixture is stirred for 15 min. Toluene is filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue is crystallised from heptane-ethyl acetate (2:1). The yield is 71 %.

Z-isomer: 1H NMR (CDCI3): 2.92 (t, 2H), 3.41 (t, 2H), 3.58-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.80 (m, 4H), 3.96-4.01 (m, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 7.10-7.40 (m, 10H).

Figure imgf000003_0001Z ISOMER IE FISPEMIFENE

E-2- {2- [4-(4-Chloro- 1 ,2-diphenyl-but- 1 -enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy} ethanol is prepared analogously starting from E-l-{4-[2-(2-benzyloxy- ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1,2-diphenyl-but-l-ene. The product is purified by flash chromatography with toluene-methanol (10:0.5) as eluent.

E-isomer: 1H NMR (CDCI3): 2.97 (t, 2H), 3.43 (t, 2H), 3.65-3.79 (m, 4H), 3.85-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.13-4.17 (m, 2H), 6.85-7.25 (m, 2H).

Debenzylation of 1 – {4-[2-(2-benzyloxy-ethoxy)ethoxy]phenyl} -4-chloro- 1 ,2- diphenyl-but- 1-ene is also carried out by hydrogenation with Pd on carbon as a catalyst in ethyl acetate-ethanol solution at room temperature.

………….

PATENT

http://www.google.com/patents/US5491173

 

 

Patent Submitted Granted
Method for the preparation of 2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol and its isomers [US6891070] 2004-06-17 2005-05-10
Formulations of fispemifene [US2007104743] 2007-05-10
METHODS FOR THE PREPARATION OF FISPEMIFENE FROM OSPEMIFENE [US7504530] 2008-09-04 2009-03-17
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTICALLY VALUABLE TRIPHENYLBUTENE DERIVATIVES [US2011015448] 2011-01-20
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF THERAPEUTICALLY VALUABLE TRIPHENYLBUTENE DERIVATIVES [US7812197] 2008-08-28 2010-10-12
WO2001036360A1 1 Nov 2000 25 May 2001 Pirkko Haerkoenen Triphenylalkene derivatives and their use as selective estrogen receptor modulators
EP0095875A2 20 May 1983 7 Dec 1983 Farmos Group Ltd. Novel tri-phenyl alkane and alkene derivatives and their preparation and use
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2008099059A1 * 13 Feb 2008 21 Aug 2008 Hormos Medical Ltd Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
WO2008099060A2 * 13 Feb 2008 21 Aug 2008 Hormos Medical Ltd Methods for the preparation of fispemifene from ospemifene
CN101636372B 13 Feb 2008 27 Mar 2013 霍尔莫斯医疗有限公司 Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
EP1636159A1 * 5 May 2004 22 Mar 2006 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
EP2518039A1 13 Feb 2008 31 Oct 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
EP2821385A2 13 Feb 2008 7 Jan 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US7504530 13 Feb 2008 17 Mar 2009 Hormos Medical Ltd. Methods for the preparation of fispemifene from ospemifene
US7812197 13 Feb 2008 12 Oct 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US8293947 16 Sep 2010 23 Oct 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US8962693 19 Aug 2013 24 Feb 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms

 

WO2002090305A1 Mar 21, 2002 Nov 14, 2002 Hormos Medical Corp A new method for the preparation of 2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol and its isomers
WO2004108645A1 May 5, 2004 Dec 16, 2004 Hormos Medical Corp Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
WO2006024689A1 * Jul 20, 2005 Mar 9, 2006 Taru Blom Use of a selective estrogen receptor modulator for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical preparation for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of androgen deficiency
WO2007099410A2 * Nov 9, 2006 Sep 7, 2007 Hormos Medical Ltd Formulations of fispemifene
WO2014060640A1 Oct 17, 2013 Apr 24, 2014 Fermion Oy A process for the preparation of ospemifene
CN100526277C May 5, 2004 Aug 12, 2009 霍尔莫斯医疗有限公司 Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
CN102532073A * Dec 30, 2011 Jul 4, 2012 北京赛林泰医药技术有限公司 Ethylene derivative serving as selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs)
EP1786408A1 * Jul 20, 2005 May 23, 2007 Hormos Medical Ltd. Use of a selective estrogen receptor modulator for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical preparation for use in a method for the treatment or prevention of androgen deficiency
EP1951250A2 * Nov 22, 2006 Aug 6, 2008 SmithKline Beecham Corporation Chemical compounds
EP2258360A2 May 5, 2004 Dec 8, 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms
EP2518039A1 Feb 13, 2008 Oct 31, 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
EP2821385A2 Feb 13, 2008 Jan 7, 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US6891070 Mar 21, 2002 May 10, 2005 Hormos Medical Corporation Method for the preparation of 2-{2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenylbut-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethoxy}ethanol and its isomers
US7504530 Feb 13, 2008 Mar 17, 2009 Hormos Medical Ltd. Methods for the preparation of fispemifene from ospemifene
US7560589 Jul 27, 2004 Jul 14, 2009 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkylidene compounds as modulators of estrogen receptor
US7569601 May 14, 2007 Aug 4, 2009 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cycloalkylidene compounds as modulators of estrogen receptor
US7799828 Jun 8, 2009 Sep 21, 2010 Glaxosmithkline Llc Cycloalkylidene compounds as modulators of estrogen receptor
US7812197 Feb 13, 2008 Oct 12, 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US7825107 May 22, 2007 Nov 2, 2010 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method of treating men suffering from chronic nonbacterial prostatitis with SERM compounds or aromatase inhibitors
US8293947 Sep 16, 2010 Oct 23, 2012 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the preparation of therapeutically valuable triphenylbutene derivatives
US8299112 Sep 15, 2011 Oct 30, 2012 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
US8455534 Sep 13, 2012 Jun 4, 2013 Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
US8962693 Aug 19, 2013 Feb 24, 2015 Hormos Medical Ltd. Method for the treatment or prevention of lower urinary tract symptoms

 

WO1996007402A1 * Sep 6, 1995 Mar 14, 1996 Michael Degregorio Triphenylethylenes for the prevention and treatment of osteoporosis
WO1996035417A1 * May 10, 1996 Nov 14, 1996 Cancer Res Campaign Tech Combinations of anti-oestrogen compounds and pkc modulators and their use in cancer therapy
WO1997032574A1 * Mar 4, 1997 Sep 12, 1997 Degregorio Michael Serum cholesterol lowering agent
WO1999042427A1 * Feb 19, 1999 Aug 26, 1999 Kalapudas Arja E-2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)phenoxy]ethanol and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
WO1999063974A2 * Jun 10, 1999 Dec 16, 1999 Endorecherche Inc Selective estrogen receptor modulator in combination with denydroepiandrosterone (dhea) or analogues
EP0095875A2 * May 20, 1983 Dec 7, 1983 Farmos Group Ltd. Novel tri-phenyl alkane and alkene derivatives and their preparation and use

 

 

सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से जिंदगी चल जाये। औकात बस इतनी देना, कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

DRUG APPROVALS BY DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO …..FOR BLOG HOME CLICK HERE

Join me on Linkedin

View Anthony Melvin Crasto Ph.D's profile on LinkedIn

Join me on Facebook FACEBOOK

Join me on twitterFollow amcrasto on Twitter
Join me on google plus Googleplus

 amcrasto@gmail.com

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON
He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy
सुकून उतना ही देना प्रभू, जितने से
जिंदगी चल जाये।
औकात बस इतनी देना,
कि औरों का भला हो जाये।

 

 

///////

GEMIGLIPTIN


Structure of gemigliptin (LC15-0444).svg

GEMIGLIPTIN

1-[2(S)-Amino-4-[2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-4-oxobutyl]-5,5-difluoropiperidin-2-one

PHASE 3, DPP-IV inhibitor, Lg Life Sciences Ltd.

CAS 911637-19-9

Mol. Formula:   C18H19F8N5O2

Mol. Weight:489.36

Gemigliptin (rINN), previously identified as LC15-0444, is an oral anti-hyperglycemic agent (anti-diabetic drug) of the new dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitor class of drugs.[1] It is well known that glucose lowering effects of DPP-4 inhibitors are mainly mediated by GLP-1 and gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP) incretin hormones which are inactivated by DPP-4.

Gemigliptin was initially developed solely by LG Life Sciences. In 2010, Double-Crane Pharmaceutical Co. (DCPC) joined with LGLS to co-develop the final compound and collaborate on the marketing of the drug in China. LGLS also announced on Nov., 2010 that NOBEL Ilac has been granted rights to develop and commercialize gemigliptin in Turkey.

Gemigliptin, a dipeptidyl peptidase IV (CD26; DPP-IV; DP-IV) inhibitor, is currently undergoing phase III clinical trials at LG Life Sciences as an oral treatment for type II diabetes. The company is also testing the compound in phase II/III clinical studies for the treatment of patients with cisplatin-induced acute kidney injury.

DPP IV inhibitors have glucose-lowering effects mediated by GLP-1 incretin hormone which is inactivated by DPP IV. In 2010, gemigliptin was licensed to Beijing Double-Crane Pharmaceutical by LG Life Sciences for distribution and supply in China for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

New Drug Application (NDA) for gemigliptin in the treatment of type 2 diabetes was submitted to the Korea Food & Drug Administration (KFDA) in July 2011. Then on June 27, 2012, the KFDA has approved the manufacture and distribution of LG Life Sciences’ diabetes treatment, Zemiglo, the main substance of which is gemigliptin. Clinical trials for evaluating the safety and efficacy of gemigliptin in combination with metformin have been completed.

…………

Efficient synthesis of gemigliptin, a potent and selective DPP-4 inhibitor for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus, has been developed. Gemigliptin were prepared from two key API starting materials, DP18 and DP57, in 75~80% yield and >99% purity over three steps under the GMP control: coupling, deprotection of N-Boc group, and final crystallization with L-tartaric acid. All steps were conducted in the same solvent system and the intermediates were isolated by simple filtration without distillation of solvent. The established process was validated obviously through the three consecutive batches for a commercial production.

………..IN CASE IMAGES NOT VISIBLE …….SEE THIS AT ………http://www.allfordrugs.com/2015/07/06/gemigliptin/

GO TO MY OTHER SITE FOR SYNTHESIS

(3S)-3-amino-4-(5,5-difluoro-2-oxopiperidino)-1-[2,4-di(trifluoromethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]butan-1-one
Clinical data
Routes of
administration
Oral
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 94% (rat), 73% (dog), 26% (monkey)
Biological half-life 3.6 h (rat), 5.2 h (dog), 5.4 h (monkey)
Identifiers
CAS Registry Number 911637-19-9 
ATC code A10BH06
PubChem CID: 11953153
ChemSpider 10127461 Yes
UNII 5DHU18M5D6 
Synonyms LC15-0444
Chemical data
Formula C18H19F8N5O2
Molecular mass 489.36 g/mol

……………….

History

The NDA for gemigliptin was submitted to KFDA in July, 2011 and it was approved on June 27, 2012. By the end of 2012, gemigliptin will be marketed in Korea as Zemiglo which is the fifth new DPP-4 inhibitor diabetes treatment in the world.

Mechanism of action

DPP-4 is a serine protease located on the cell surfaces throughout the body. In plasma, DPP-4 enzyme rapidly inactivates incretins including GLP-1 and GIP which are produced in the intestine depending on the blood glucose level and contribute to the physiological regulation of glucose homeostatis. Active GLP-1 and GIP increase the production and release of insulin by pancreatinc beta cells. GLP-1 also reduces the scretion of glucacon by pancreatic alpha cells, thereby resulting in a decreased hepatic glucose production. However these incretins are rapidly cleaved by DPP-4 and their effects last only for a few minutes. DPP-4 inhibitors block the cleavage of the gliptins and thus lead to an increasee insulin level and a reduced glucagon level in a glucose-dependent way. This results in a decrease of fasting and postprandial glycemia, as well as HbA1c levels.[2]

Preclinical studies

Gemigliptin is a competitive, reversible DPP-4 inhibitor (IC50 = 16 nM) with excellent selectivity over other critical human proteases such as DPP-2, DPP-8DPP-9elastase,trypsinurokinase and cathepsin G. Gemigliptin was rapidly absorbed after single oral dosing and the compound was eliminated with a half-life of 3.6 h, 5.2 h, and 5.4 h in the rat, dog, and monkey, respectively.

The bioavailability of gemigliptin in the rat, dog, and monkey was species-dependent with the values of 94%, 73%, and 26%, respectively. Following the oral administration of gemigliptin in the rat, dog and monkey, about 80% inhibition of plasma DPP-4 activity were observed at the plasma levels of 18 nM, 14 nM and 4 nM, respectively.

In the diet-induced obese (DIO) mice, gemigliptin reduced glucose excursion during OGTT in a dose dependent manner with the minimum effective dose of 0.3 mg/kg and enhanced glucose-stimulated plasma GLP-1 increase in a dose dependent manner reaching the maximum effect at the dose of 1 mg/kg.

Following 4 week oral repeat dosing in the DIO mice, gemigliptin reduced significantly HbA1c with the minimum effective dose of 3 mg/kg. In the beagle dog, gemigliptin significantly enhanced active GLP-1, decreased glucagon, and reduced glucose excursion during OGTT following a single dosing.

Studies on animals suggest its positive effect on hepatic and renal fibrosis .[3][4] Data on human patients are still inconclusive .[5]

Clinical studies

The dose-range finding phase 2 study was performed and 145 patients (91men and 54 women) with type 2 diabetes mellitus were enrolled. All three doses (50,100 and 200 mg groups) of gemigliptin significantly reduced the HbA1c from baseline compared to the placebo group without a significant difference between the doses.

Subjects with a higher baseline HbA1c (≥8.5%) had a greater reduction in HbA1c. Insulin secretory function, as assessed using homeostasis model assessment-beta cell, C-peptide and the insulinogenic index, improved significantly with gemigliptin treatment. Insulin sensitivity, as assessed using homeostasis model assessment-insulin resistance, also improved significantly after 12 weeks of treatment.

The 50 and 200 mg groups had significantly reduced total cholesterol and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol levels at 12 weeks compared to the placebo group.

The incidences of adverse events were similar in all study subjects. Gemigliptin monotherapy (50 mg for 12 weeks) improved the HbA1cFPG level, oral glucose tolerance testresults, β-cell function and insulin sensitivity measures, and was well tolerated in subjects with type 2 diabetes.

Results of Phase 3 clinical trials which have been finished recently will be updated near future.

…………..

WO 2006104356

 http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2006104356A1?cl=en

EXAMPLE 83: Synthesis of l-(f2SV2-amino-4-r2.4-bisftrifluoromethylV5.8-dihvdropyridor3.4-d]pyrimidin-7f6H)

-yl1-4-oxobutyll-5.5-difluoropiperidin-2-one [1960]

Figure imgf000147_0001

[1961] 21 mg of the title compound was obtained in a yield of 56% at the same manner as in EXAMPLE 1, except that 42 mg (0.071 mmol) of t-butyl

{(lS)-3-[2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)-5,8-dihydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidin-7(6H)-yl]-l-[(5,5

-difluoro-2-oxpiperidin-l-yl)methyl]-3-oxpropyl}carbamate obtained in

PREPARATION 143 was used. [1962] 1K NMR (CD3OD) δ 5.05-4.92 (2H, m), 3.98-3.91 (2H, m), 3.85-3.79 (2H, m),

3.70-3.59 (2H, m), 3.54-3.48 (IH, m), 3.36-3.33 (2H, m), 3.24 (IH, bra), 3.14 (IH, bra), 2.83-2.76 (IH, m), 2.72-2.53 (3H, m), 2.43-2.34 (2H, m) [1963] Mass (m/e) 490 (M+l)

[1964]

[1965] PREPARATION 144: Synthesis of t-butyl

(riSV3-r2.4-bisrtrifluoromethylV5.8-dihvdropyridor3.4-d]pyrimidin-7r6HVyl]-l-(rr2 S)-2-methyl-5-oxomorpholin-4-yl1methyl 1 -3-oxpropyl 1 carbamate

[1966] 14 mg of the title compound was obtained in a yield of 17% at the same manner as in PREPARATION 45, except that 43.7 mg (0.138 mmol) of (3S)-3-[(t-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-[2(S)-2-methyl-5-oxomoφholin-4-yl]-butanoic acid obtained in PREPARATION 55 and 42.5 mg (0.138 mmol) of 2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[3,4-d]pyrimidine hydrochloric acid salt (product of PREPARATION 127) were used.

[1967] 1K NMR (CDCl3) δ 5.85-5.83 (IH, m), 5.09-4.92 (IH, m), 4.95-4.78 (IH, m),

4.23-4.08 (3H, m), 4.04-3.76 (3H, m), 3.73-3.66 (IH, m), 3.46-3.38 (IH, m), 3.36-3.21 (2H, m), 3.18-3.10 (2H, m), 2.96-2.81 (IH, m), 2.61-2.50 (IH, m), 1.43-1.41 (9H, m), 1.28-1.24 (3H, m)

[1968] Mass (m/e) 470 (M+l-Boc)

…………..

WO 2012030106

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2012030106A2?cl=en

Reaction Scheme 1

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000001

PREPARATION 1: Synthesis of diethyl 2,2-difluoropentanedioate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000014

To a solution of ethyl bromodifluoroacetate (33.2 g) in tetrahydrofuran (94.0 g) was added ethyl acrylate (8.2 g) and copper powder (10.9 g). After heating to 50℃, TMEDA (9.5 g) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 3 hours at the same temperature. Upon disappearance of ethyl acrylate as the starting material, to the reaction solution was added methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 73.7 g) followed by addition of 10% aqueous ammonium chloride solution (49.8 g) dropwise, and the mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes. The remaining copper residue was removed by filtration through a celite, and methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 66.3 g) was added to separate the layers. The separated organic layer was washed successively with 10% aqueous NH4Cl solution (66.3 g) and 3 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (99.6 g) in order and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 55.0 g of the desired title compound.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.37-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.55 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H).

PREPARATION 2: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-hydroxypentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000015

14.8 g of the compound obtained from the above Preparation 1 was diluted with ethanol (20.4 g) and tetrahydrofuran (69.1 g) and then cooled to 0℃. To this solution was slowly added sodium borohydride (NaBH4, 3.5 g) stepwise while keeping the internal temperature below 30℃. After confirming completion of the reaction by 1H NMR, the reaction solution was cooled to the temperature of 10℃ and 10% aqueous ammonium chloride solution (77.7 g) was slowly added. The remaining boron compound was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was distilled under reduced pressure to remove tetrahydrofuran. Then, ethyl acetate (105.2 g) was added to separate the layers, and the organic layer was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 10.8 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.23 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.15-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.49 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (q, J=4.0 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 1: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}- pentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000016

To the solution of 10.8 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Preparation 2, dissolved in dichloromethane (100.2 g) was added pyridine (7.0 g), and then the mixture was cooled to -5.0℃. After completion of cooling, trifluoromethane sulfonic acid anhydride (20.1 g) was slowly added dropwise while keeping the reaction temperature below 6.3℃. After stirring the reaction solution for 30 minutes, 1.5 N hydrochloric acid solution was added dropwise at 0℃ to separate the layers. The aqueous layer as separated was back-extracted twice with dichloromethane (33.4 g), and the extracts were combined with the organic layer separated from the above and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 19.7 g of the title compound as a yellow oil.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.29-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.59 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.18 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (t, J=11.6 Hz, 2H).

EXAMPLE 2-1: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-{[(nonafluorobutyl)sulfonyl]- oxy}pentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000017

To the solution of 100.0 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Preparation 2, dissolved in dichloromethane (300.0 ml) was added pyridine (65.7 g), and the mixture was then cooled to -10.0℃. After completion of cooling, nonafluorobutanesulfonic anhydride (477.4 g) was slowly added dropwise. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours, 1.0 N hydrochloric acid solution (300.0 ml) was added dropwise to separate the layers. The aqueous layer as separated was back extracted once with dichloromethane (500.0 ml), and the extracts were combined with the organic layer separated from the above and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 177.5 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.26 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.30-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.58 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 4.16 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.57 (t, 2H, J=11 Hz).

EXAMPLE 2-2: Synthesis of ethyl 4,4-difluoro-5-{[(nonafluorobutyl)sulfonyl]- oxy}pentanoate

To the solution of 500.0 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Preparation 2, dissolved in dichloromethane (1000.0 ml) was added triethylamine (389.0 g), and the mixture was then cooled to 0℃. After completion of cooling, perfluorobutanesulfonyl chloride (948.80 g) was slowly added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature, distilled under reduced pressure, dissolved in methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 3000.0 ml) and then washed three times with water. The organic layer thus obtained was dehydrated with magnesium sulfate, filtered through a celite and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 960.0 g of the title compound.

EXAMPLE 3: Synthesis of methyl (2S)-2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-oxo- pentanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000018

To 25.0 g of the starting material, (3S)-3-[(t-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-oxo- pentanoic acid, was added t-butanol (96.9 g) followed by the addition of Boc2O (25.4 g) and dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 62.0 g, 0.5 mol%) at room temperature, and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 23 hours at 40℃. Upon completion of the reaction, ethylene dichloride (62.3 g) in t-butanol was added, and the mixture was then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 30.7 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.71 (dd, J=4.8, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (dd, J=4.4, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 5.44 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 4: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-hydroxy- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000019

30.7 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 3 was dissolved in ethanol (112.3 g) and, after lowering the internal temperature to 10.5℃ sodium borohydride (NaBH4, 5.7 g) was slowly added dropwise. This reaction solution was stirred while maintaining the temperature below 22℃. After confirming completion of the reaction by 1H NMR and TLC, to the reaction solution was slowly added 3.0 N hydrochloric acid solution (30.7 g) dropwise at the internal temperature of 10℃ followed by addition of diluted 0.2% hydrochloric acid solution (100.0 g). The reaction solution was adjusted to pH 3~4 with addition of 9.0% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and then back-extracted twice with ethyl acetate (100.0 g) and toluene (44.0 g). The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 25.1 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.48-2.57 (m, 2H), 3.69 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 5.22 (bs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 5: tert-butyl (3S)-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000020

To 25.1 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 4 was added dichloromethane (133.0 g) and triethylamine (148.0 g), and the mixture was then cooled to 0℃. To this reaction solution was slowly added methanesulfonyl chloride (11.8 g) diluted with dichloromethane (39.9 g) dropwise for 50 minutes while maintaining the internal temperature below 12℃. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was washed with 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (120.0 g) and water (100.4 g), and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 31.5 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.62 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 5.16 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 6: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-azido-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000021

Sodium azide (NaN3, 11.6 g) was diluted with dimethylacetamide (DMAc, 260.0 g). After elevating the internal temperature to 80℃, a solution of 31.5 g of the compound, as obtained from the above Example 5, diluted with dimethylacetamide (DMAc, 45.0 g) was added thereto. The reaction proceeded at 80℃ for 2 hours. To the reaction solution were added toluene (251.0 g) and water (320.0 g) to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 24.0 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 2.49 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.55 (m, 2H), 4.09 (br s, 1H), 5.14 (br s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 7: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-amino-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000022

To 21.0 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 6 was added tetrahydrofuran (93.3 g) followed by the addition of triphenylphosphine (PPh3, 21.0 g) at 40℃, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at the same temperature, and water (3.8 g) was then added thereto. The reaction solution was distilled under reduced pressure, and the resulting triphenylphosphine oxide solid was diluted with toluene (26.0 g) and n-hexane (41.0 g), and then filtered off. The filtrate was adjusted to pH 2~3 with 1.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (110.0 g) and then subjected to separation of the layers. To remove any residual triphenylphosphine oxide solid, the aqueous layer obtained above was washed with dichloromethane (100.0 g) and then adjusted to pH 8~9 with 28% aqueous ammonia solution (7.6 g). The aqueous solution thus obtained was extracted with dichloromethane (100.0 g) and distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 8.5 g of the title compound as a white solid.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.45 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (br s, 1H), 5.22 (br s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 8: Synthesis of N,N-dibenzyl-L-N(Boc)-aspartamide 4-tert-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000023

N-Boc-L-aspartic acid 4-t-butyl ester (29.0 g, 0.10 mol) was added to THF (200 ml). After cooling to temperature below -5℃, to the reaction solution was added isobutylchloroformate (13.0 ml, 0.10 mol) followed by addition of N-methyl morpholine (12.0 ml, 0.10 mol) dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred for over 30 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise dibenzylamine (21.1 ml, 0.11 mol), and the mixture was then stirred for over 3 hours and monitored for the reaction progress by TLC (EtOAc: Hexane=1:4). Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was stirred with addition of ethyl acetate (300.0 mL) and 1 N hydrochloric acid to separate the layers, and distilled under reduced pressure to precipitate a solid. The solid was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (100 ml), and then the washings were concentrated by distillation again under reduced pressure. The residue was then subjected to silica gel column to obtain the purified desired product (41.7 g, 0.89 mol).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.32 (m, 5H), 7.20 (m, 5H), 5.39 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 4.87-4.77 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.39 (m, 2H), 2.72 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.37 (s, 9H).

Mass (ESI, m/z): 491 (M+Na), 469 (M+H), 413 (M-55).

EXAMPLE 9: Synthesis of N, N-diallyl-L-N(Boc)-aspartamide 4-tert-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000024

L-N(Boc)-aspartic acid 4-t-butyl ester (5.00 g, 17.3 mol) was added to THF (50 ml). After cooling to temperature below -5℃, to the reaction solution was added isobutylchloroformate (2.26 ml, 17.3 mol) followed by addition of N-methyl morpholine (1.90 ml, 17.3 mol) dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred for over 30 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise diallylamine (2.35 ml, 19.0 mol), and the mixture was then stirred for over 3 hours and monitored for the reaction progress by TLC (EtOAc: Hexane=1:4). Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was stirred with addition of ethyl acetate (60 ml) and 1 N hydrochloric acid and, after separating the layers, concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure. The residue was then subjected to silica gel column to obtain the purified desired product (6.0 g, 16.3 mol).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.78 (m, 2H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.11 (m, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 4.93 (m, 1H), 4.11-3.84 (m, 4H), 2.68 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.51 (dd, J=15.8 Hz, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Mass (ESI, m/z): 391 (M+Na), 369 (M+H), 313 (M-55).

EXAMPLE 10: Synthesis of N,N-dibenzyl-4-amino-3(S)-N(Boc)-aminobutanoic acid 4-tert-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000025

10.0 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 8, Ru3(CO)12 (136 mg, 1mol%), and diphenylsilane (19.7 ml, 106.7 mmol) were added to tetrahydrofuran (50 ml), and the reaction solution was stirred under reflux for over 40 hours. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 ml) and concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure. The residue was then subjected to silica gel column to obtain the purified desired product (4.7 g, 10.5 mmol).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.31-7.20 (m, 10H), 5.12 (bs, 1H), 3.90 (bs, 1H), 3.63 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.16 (bs, 1H), 2.42 (m, 2H), 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.06 (s, 9H).

Mass (ESI, m/z): 455 (M+H), 441 (M-13).

EXAMPLE 11: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-amino-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- 4-oxobutanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000026

360.0 g of the starting material, N-Boc-Asp(O-t-Bu)OH, together with Boc2O (353.0 g) and ammonium bicarbonate (NH4HCO3, 123.9 g) was added to dimethylformamide (1174.6 g), and pyridine (61.0 g) was added dropwise thereto at room temperature, and the reaction mixture was then stirred for about 3 hours. Upon completion of the reaction, water (1440 ml) and toluene (1800 ml) were added to the reaction solution and stirred for 30 minutes to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to remove t-butanol and toluene to obtain the title compound, which was directly used in the next reaction.

EXAMPLE 12: Synthesis of (S)-tert-butyl 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-cyanopropanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000027

To the compound obtained from Example 11 was added dimethylformamide (1019.5 g) followed by addition of cyanuric chloride (112.0 g) dropwise for 1.5 hours at temperature below 25℃. The reaction solution was stirred for one hour at room temperature, and then 0.1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1850.0 g) and toluene (1860 ml) were added thereto to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was washed once again with water (700 ml) and then distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 318.3 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.45 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (br s, 1H), 5.22 (br s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 13: Synthesis of tert-butyl (3S)-4-amino-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]- butanoate

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000028

To 212.1 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 12 was added acetic acid (4000 ml) followed by addition of 20 wt% Pd(OH)2 (1.1 g) at 40℃. The mixture was stirred for 8 hours while keeping the internal temperature below 45℃ and 3 atmospheric pressure of hydrogen. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was distilled under reduced pressure to remove acetic acid, diluted with toluene (640 L) and then filtered through a celite. To the filtrate was added 0.25 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (1060 ml) to separate the layers. The aqueous layer thus obtained was basified with aqueous ammonia solution (543.1 g) and then extracted with methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE, 1000 ml). The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 185.0 g of the title compound.

EXAMPLE 14: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5-difluoro-2-oxo- piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid t-butyl ester

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000029

Triethylamine (13.2 g) was added to 16.0 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 1 or 2-1 or 2-2, and 14.1 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 7 or 13, and the mixture was then stirred for 21 hours at 40℃. Then, dichloromethane (154.8 g) and acetic acid (18.3 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature. To the resulting reaction solution was added 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (116.8 g) and then, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 23.6 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.64 (m, 4H), 3.20 (dd, J=4.3, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.56-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.91 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 5.20 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 15: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5-difluoro-2-oxo- piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000030

23.6 g of the compound obtained from the above Example 14 was added to dichloromethane (20.0 g) followed by addition of H3PO4 (30.0 g), and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After confirming the detachment of all of t-butyl group and t-butyloxycarbonyl group, the reaction solution was adjusted to pH 7.0~8.0 with 10 N aqueous hydrogen peroxide, and Boc2O (16.0 g) was added thereto. After completion of the addition, 10 N aqueous hydrogen peroxide was used to maintain the pH of the reaction solution at 8.0~9.0. After stirring for 3 hours, the resulting sodium phosphate was filtered off, and the filtrate was then adjusted to pH 2.0~3.0 with 3.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution. The resulting solid was filtered and dried under nitrogen to obtain 14.5 g of the title compound.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.32 (s, 9H), 2.20-2.43 (m, 6H), 3.26-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 12.16 (s, 1H).

For the title compound resulting from the above, its enantiomeric isomers―i.e. S-form and R-form―were measured by HPLC (high-performance liquid chromatography), and an excess of the enantiomeric isomers (S vs. R form) (enantiomeric excess; ee) was then calculated as being ee > 99%. On the other hand, in case of the Comparative Example prepared according to the prior method based on WO 06/104356, as described below, the excess (ee) of enantiomeric isomers (S vs. R form) was 80%. From this, it can be identified that the compound of formula (2) having an optically high purity could be obtained according to the method of the present invention.

COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5- difluoro-2-oxo-piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid t-butyl ester

COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1-1: Synthesis of methyl 5-amino-4,4-difluoro- pentanoate HCl

Figure PCTKR2011006260-appb-I000031

To 10.0 g of the compound obtained from Example 1 was added 40 ml of anhydrous ammonia solution (7 M solution in methanol), and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The reaction solution was distilled and 30 ml of hydrochloric acid solution saturated with methanol was added dropwise thereto. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature and then distilled to obtain 7.2 g of the title compound as a white solid.

1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.59 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (t, J=15.3 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H).

COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1-2: Synthesis of 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-4-(5,5- difluoro-2-oxo-piperidin-1-yl)-butyric acid t-butyl ester

To the solution of the compound (1.93 g), as obtained from the above Example 4, dissolved in dichloromethane (20.0 g) and H2O (4.0 g) were added NaBr (0.8 g) and TEMPO (11 mg, 1 mol%). To this reaction solution was slowly added a solution of 5% NaOCl (11.5 g) and NaHCO3 (1.7 g) dissolved in H2O (12.0 g) dropwise for about 2 hours while maintaining the temperature below 5℃. Upon completion of dropwise addition, the reaction solution was stirred for 30 minutes to separate the layers. To the organic layer thus obtained was added the compound (1.6 g) obtained from the above Comparative Example 1-1. After stirring for 15 minutes at room temperature, NaBH(OAc)3 (2.23 g) was added to the reaction solution. After stirring for about 19 hours, 10% aqueous NaHCO3 solution (20.0 g) and 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (20.0 g) were added dropwise to the reaction solution to separate the layers. The organic layer thus obtained was dehydrated under anhydrous MgSO4 to obtain 2.0 g (yield 73%) of the same title compound as Example 14, as a yellow solid. For the title compound resulting from the above, its enantiomeric isomers―i.e., S-form and R-form―were measured by HPLC (high-performance liquid chromatography), and an excess (ee) of the enantiomeric isomers (S vs. R form) was then calculated as being ee = 80%.

WO2006104356A1 Mar 30, 2006 Oct 5, 2006 Seong Cheol Bu Dipeptidyl peptidase-iv inhibiting compounds, methods of preparing the same, and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same as an active agent
EP0279435A2 * Feb 18, 1988 Aug 24, 1988 BASF Aktiengesellschaft Process for the reduction of mono- and dicarboxylic acids
US5556982 * Jul 12, 1993 Sep 17, 1996 Neorx Corporation Metal radionuclide labeled proteins for diagnosis and therapy
US20080039517 * Aug 7, 2007 Feb 14, 2008 Washburn David G Pyrrolidinone anilines as progesterone receptor modulators

Footnotes

  1. Lim KS, Kim JR, Choi YJ, Shin KH, Kim KP, Hong JH, Cho JY, Shin HS, Yu KS, Shin SG, Kwon OH, Hwang DM, Kim JA, Jang IJ (October 2008). “Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and tolerability of the dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor LC15-0444 in healthy Korean men: a dose-block-randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, ascending single-dose, Phase I study”. Clin Ther 30 (10): 1817–30. doi:10.1016/j.clinthera.2008.10.013PMID 19014837.
  2.  Ábel T. “A New Therapy of Type 2 Diabetes: DPP-4 Inhibitors”. In Rigobelo EC. Hypoglycemia – Causes and Occurrences. Croatia: InTech. pp. 3–52. doi:10.5772/23604ISBN 978-953-307-657-7.
  3.  Kaji K (Mar 2014). “Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor attenuates hepatic fibrosis via suppression of activated hepatic stellate cell in rats.”J Gastroenterol.. 49 (3): 481–91.doi:10.1007/s00535-013-0783-4PMID 23475323.
  4.  Min HS (Jun 2014). “Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor protects against renal interstitial fibrosis in a mouse model of ureteral obstruction.”Lab Invest. 94 (5): 598–607.doi:10.1038/labinvest.2014.50PMID 24687121.
  5.  Gouni-Berthold I (2014). “The role of oral antidiabetic agents and incretin mimetics in type 2 diabetic patients with non-alcoholic Fatty liver disease.”Curr Pharm Des. 20 (5): 3705–15.PMID 24040873.

Further reading

 Kim SE, Yi S, Shin KH, Kim TE, Kim MJ, Kim YH, Yoon SH, Cho JY, Shin SG, Jang IJ, Yu KS (January 2012). “Evaluation of the pharmacokinetic interaction between the dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor LC15-0444and pioglitazone in healthy volunteers”Int J Clin Pharmacol Ther. 50 (1): 17–23. doi:10.5414/cp201568PMID 22192641.

External links

DAVID G. WASHBURN ET AL.: ‘Discovery or orally active, pyrrolidinone-based progesterone receptor partial agonist‘ BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS vol. 19, no. 16, 2009, pages 4664 – 4667, XP026419052
2 * MONICA LOPEZ-GARCIA ET AL.: ‘Synthesis of (R)-3,4- diaminobutanoic acid by desymmetrization of dimethyl 3-(benzylamino)-glutarate through enzymatic ammonolysis‘ JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY vol. 68, no. 2, 2003, pages 648 – 651, XP055105976

 

09b37-misc2b027LIONEL MY SON

He was only in first standard in school when I was hit by a deadly one in a million spine stroke called acute transverse mylitis, it made me 90% paralysed and bound to a wheel chair, Now I keep him as my source of inspiration and helping millions, thanks to millions of my readers who keep me going and help me to keep my son happy